summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/28654-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '28654-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--28654-8.txt9273
1 files changed, 9273 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/28654-8.txt b/28654-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd9ecea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28654-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,9273 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Dave Porter and the Runaways, by Edward Stratemeyer
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Dave Porter and the Runaways
+ Last Days at Oak Hall
+
+Author: Edward Stratemeyer
+
+Illustrator: H. Richard Boehm
+
+Release Date: May 1, 2009 [EBook #28654]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DAVE PORTER AND THE RUNAWAYS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: HE SAW AN ARM AND A HEAD COME UP.--_Page 240._]
+
+
+
+
+Dave Porter Series
+
+DAVE PORTER
+
+AND THE RUNAWAYS
+
+OR
+
+LAST DAYS AT OAK HALL
+
+BY
+
+EDWARD STRATEMEYER
+
+Author of "Dave Porter at Oak Hall," "The Lakeport Series,"
+"Old Glory Series," "Pan-American Series," etc.
+
+ILLUSTRATED BY H. RICHARD BOEHM
+
+BOSTON
+
+LOTHROP LEE & SHEPARD CO.
+
+
+
+
+Published, March, 1913
+
+Copyright, 1913, by Lothrop, Lee & Shepard Co.
+
+All Rights Reserved
+
+Dave Porter and the Runaways
+
+Norwood Press
+
+Berwick & Smith Co.
+
+Norwood, Mass.
+
+U.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE
+
+"Dave Porter and the Runaways" is a complete story in itself, but
+forms the ninth volume of a line issued under the general title of
+"Dave Porter Series."
+
+In the first volume of this series, entitled "Dave Porter at Oak
+Hall," the reader was introduced to a typical American lad, and the
+particulars were given of his doings at an up-to-date boarding
+school.
+
+There was a cloud over Dave's parentage, and in order to solve the
+mystery of his identity he took a long voyage over the ocean, as
+related in the second volume, called "Dave Porter in the South Seas."
+Then he came back to his schoolmates, as told of in "Dave Porter's
+Return to School," and then took a long trip to Norway, to hunt up his
+father, the particulars of which are given in "Dave Porter in the Far
+North."
+
+Having settled the matter of his identity to his satisfaction, our
+hero came back to Oak Hall and had a number of strenuous contests,
+related in detail in "Dave Porter and His Classmates." Following this
+came the summer vacation, and the youth made a trip West, the
+happenings of which are set down in "Dave Porter at Star Ranch."
+
+When Dave returned to Oak Hall once more he found the school rivalries
+as bitter as ever, and what these led to has been related in "Dave
+Porter and His Rivals." His enemies tried hard to do our hero much
+injury, but he exposed them and they were forced to flee, to escape
+the consequences of their actions.
+
+The winter holidays found Dave homeward bound. He had anticipated some
+jolly times among his relatives and friends, but a robbery upset all
+his plans, and, almost before he knew it, he found himself bound
+southward, as related in "Dave Porter on Cave Island." On the island
+he had many adventures out of the ordinary, and he came home more of a
+hero than ever, having saved Mr. Wadsworth, his benefactor, from
+ruin.
+
+In the present story Dave is back once again at school. There are some
+queer happenings, and then some lads run away. How Dave proved his
+common sense, and brought the runaways back, I leave for the pages
+which follow to tell. I trust the reading of this volume will do all
+my young friends good.
+
+ Edward Stratemeyer.
+ _February_ 1, 1913.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+ CHAPTER PAGE
+ I. Dave and His Chums 1
+ II. A Glimpse at the Past 11
+ III. A Talk of the Future 21
+ IV. Mr. Job Haskers's Doings 31
+ V. At Oak Hall Once More 41
+ VI. Phil Shows His Stubbornness 52
+ VII. Phil and Ben Make a Move 62
+ VIII. An Unusual Compact 72
+ IX. The King of Sumatra 82
+ X. Nat Poole Wants to Know 91
+ XI. Bonfire Night at the Hall 101
+ XII. Plans for a Spread 111
+ XIII. The Cabin on the Island 121
+ XIV. The Bandanna Handkerchief 131
+ XV. At the Hotel 141
+ XVI. The Blowing up of the Bridge 151
+ XVII. A Serious Accusation 161
+ XVIII. The Meeting on the Road 171
+ XIX. Looking for the Runaways 181
+ XX. The Wild Man Again 190
+ XXI. Something of a Clew 200
+ XXII. After the Runaways 210
+ XXIII. At the Camp 220
+ XXIV. Out in the Storm 230
+ XXV. Perils of the Flood 239
+ XXVI. Back to the School 249
+ XXVII. The Trail Through the Woods 259
+ XXVIII. The Capture of the Wild Man 268
+ XXIX. A Bit of Evidence 278
+ XXX. The Exposure--Good-By to Oak Hall 287
+
+
+
+
+DAVE PORTER AND THE RUNAWAYS
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+DAVE AND HIS CHUMS
+
+
+"I say, Dave, here's an odd piece of news."
+
+"An odd piece of news, Roger? What about?"
+
+"A wild man in the woods back of Oak Hall," answered Roger Morr, who
+held a letter in his hand. "Queerest thing you ever heard of."
+
+"I should say it was, if it's about a wild man," returned Dave Porter.
+"Who sent that letter?"
+
+"Shadow Hamilton."
+
+"Maybe it's another one of Shadow's innumerable yarns," suggested
+Dave, with a faint smile. "If he can't tell them by word of mouth, he
+writes them down."
+
+"What has Shadow got to say about the wild man?" asked Phil Lawrence,
+looking up from the suit-case he was packing. "Has he been trying to
+clean out Oak Hall, or anything like that?"
+
+"No, not exactly," returned Roger, turning back to the letter, which
+he had not yet finished. "He keeps in the woods, so Shadow says, and
+scares everybody who comes that way."
+
+"How does he scare them?" asked Dave, pausing in the act of stowing a
+suit of clothing in a trunk.
+
+"Shadow writes that he and Lazy were out walking one day and the wild
+man came after them with a big club. He wears long hair and a long
+beard, and his clothes are in tatters."
+
+"What did they do?" questioned Phil.
+
+"They ran back towards the school. The wild man followed 'em as far as
+the bridge over the brook, and then jumped into the bushes and
+disappeared."
+
+"Humph!" muttered Phil. "Is that all?"
+
+"Oh, no! The day before that, Chip Macklin and two other of the
+smaller boys went out, along the river, and the wild man came after
+them and shoved Chip into the water. He yelled to them never to come
+near him again. The other fellows ran away, and as soon as Chip could
+get out of the water he went after 'em. Then, three days later, Doctor
+Clay sent out Mr. Dale and Horsehair, the driver, to look into the
+matter, and the wild man met them at the bridge and threw mud balls at
+'em. One mud ball hit the teacher in the arm, and one struck Horsehair
+in the nose and made it bleed. Horsehair was afraid to go on, because
+the wild man jumped around and shouted so furiously. Mr. Dale tried to
+catch him, but he ran away."
+
+"Poor chap! He must be crazy," was Dave's comment. "He ought to be
+taken care of by the authorities."
+
+"Yes, but they can't catch him," continued Roger. "They have tried
+half a dozen ways, but he slips 'em every time."
+
+"Who is he?" asked Dave, as he continued to pack his trunk.
+
+"Nobody has the least idea, so Shadow writes."
+
+"Say, that will give us something to do--when we get back to Oak
+Hall!" cried Phil. "We'll organize a posse to round up the wild man!"
+
+"I think we'll have plenty of other things to do when we get to
+school, Phil," remarked Dave. "Just remember that we have lost a lot
+of time from our lessons, and if we want to make up what we have
+missed, and graduate from Oak Hall with honor, we've got to buckle
+down and study."
+
+"Oh, I know that," answered Phil, and gave a little sigh. "Just the
+same, I'm going to have a try at the wild man--if he comes my way."
+
+"So am I," cried Roger. "And Dave will try with us; won't you, old
+man?" And Roger caught his chum affectionately by the shoulder. "You
+are the fellow to solve mysteries!"
+
+Dave was about to answer when there came a knock on the bedroom door.
+He opened it to find himself confronted by a middle-aged lady, who was
+smiling but anxious.
+
+"How are you getting along, boys?" she asked.
+
+"First-rate, Mrs. Wadsworth," answered Roger. "We'll soon be finished
+now."
+
+"Are the girls getting anxious?" questioned Dave.
+
+"Say, what do you think?" burst out Phil. "We are going back to Oak
+Hall to capture a wild man who----"
+
+"Phil!" burst out both Dave and Roger, and the other youth stopped
+short in confusion.
+
+"A wild man?" cried the lady of the house, in consternation. "Oh,
+Dave, I hope----"
+
+"Oh, don't let him worry you, Mrs. Wadsworth," responded Dave,
+quickly. "There is a wild man up there, but I don't think he will
+bother us any, and we've got too much to do to hunt for him." And the
+lad gave his chum a look that said as plainly as words: "What did you
+want to mention it for?"
+
+"Oh--I--er--I was only fooling," stammered Phil. "Of course, if there
+is a wild man he won't come near us. Tell the girls we'll be ready in
+five minutes--at least I will," he added, and resumed his packing.
+
+"Can I do anything for you?" asked the lady.
+
+"You might try to find my striped cap," answered Dave. "I can't seem
+to locate it."
+
+"It is in the library--I saw it a while ago, Dave."
+
+"And my baseball bat--the new one with the black handle."
+
+"That is in the back hall, in a corner. How about your books?"
+
+"I've got all of them. Send Laura with the bat and cap, will you,
+please?"
+
+"Yes;" and Mrs. Wadsworth hurried off, anxious to be of all the
+assistance possible.
+
+"Say, that was a bad break for me," murmured Phil, as the door closed,
+and before Dave or Roger could speak. "I didn't want to worry her,
+Dave. I'm sorry I mentioned the wild man."
+
+"And the man may be caught before we get back to Oak Hall," said
+Roger. He crossed the room and peered into a closet. "Has anybody seen
+my baseball shoes?"
+
+"You left those at the Hall, Roger," answered Dave.
+
+"Did I? All right, then. I came away in such a hurry I can't remember
+what I took and what I didn't."
+
+"I guess we've got about everything now," resumed Dave, looking
+around the bedroom. He glanced at his watch. "Ten minutes to twelve.
+We are to have lunch at a quarter past, and start at one, sharp."
+
+"Provided the auto is ready," interposed Phil.
+
+"It will be--trust my Uncle Dunston for that," answered Dave. "My, but
+isn't it jolly to think we are going back to school in the auto
+instead of by train!"
+
+"Yes, and to think that the girls and your uncle are going with us!"
+added Roger.
+
+"Dave, look out for Roger, he's got his eye on Laura!" said Phil,
+slyly.
+
+"Oh, you give us a rest, Phil Lawrence!" burst out Roger, growing red.
+"I guess you've got an eye on her yourself."
+
+"Poor me! Poor me!" murmured Phil, as if talking to himself. "Roger
+will talk to nobody but Laura, and Dave will see and hear and think of
+nobody but Jessie, and I'll be left in the cold! Oh, what a cruel
+world this is! If only--wow!" and Phil's pretended musings came to a
+sudden end, as Dave shied a pair of rolled-up socks at him and Roger
+followed with a pillow. In another instant a mimic battle was on, with
+pillows and various articles of clothing for ammunition. Then came
+another knock on the door and Laura Porter appeared, with a baseball
+bat in one hand and her brother's cap in the other.
+
+"Oh dear me!" she cried, and then stopped short, for a red sweater,
+thrown by Roger at Phil, had missed its aim and landed on her head.
+
+"I beg your pardon, Laura, really I do!" gasped Roger, as he sprang
+forward and took the sweater from its resting-place. "I--I didn't mean
+that for you."
+
+"Oh, Roger, of course you did!" cried Phil, with a twinkle in his eye.
+"That's the way he salutes girls always, Laura."
+
+"Is this the way you are packing up?" demanded Dave's sister, with a
+little smile, while poor Roger grew redder than ever.
+
+"Oh, we were only waiting for you to bring my things, Laura," answered
+her brother, coolly. "We'll be ready in three minutes and a half by
+the factory whistles."
+
+"Say, what is this I hear about a wild man?" continued Laura, as she
+sat down on a chair Roger shoved towards her. "You've made Mrs.
+Wadsworth and Jessie all excited over it."
+
+"Oh, it isn't anything," burst out Phil, quickly. "I made a mistake
+even to mention it."
+
+"She came down and told Jessie and me that she was afraid you'd have
+more trouble, when you got back to school. As if you haven't had
+troubles enough already!" And Laura looked affectionately at her
+brother, and then at his chums.
+
+"Oh, this won't amount to anything, Laura," said Dave. "So tell Mrs.
+Wadsworth and Jessie not to worry about it."
+
+"But I want to know what it means?" demanded the sister; and in the
+end Dave and his chums had to relate what they knew about the wild
+man. As they finished the girl shook her head doubtfully.
+
+"I don't like that a bit," she said. "I am sure you'll get mixed up
+with that wild man somehow. Why, he might attack you and try to kill
+you!"
+
+"We'll be on our guard--when we go near the woods," answered Roger.
+
+"You had better not go alone," insisted the girl.
+
+"We seldom travel alone," said her brother. "Generally Roger, Phil,
+and I are together, and very often some of the other fellows are with
+us. But don't you worry, Laura, and tell Jessie and her mother it will
+be all right."
+
+"And there is another thing to be careful about, Dave," went on Laura,
+as she prepared to leave.
+
+"What is that?"
+
+"Be careful of how you treat Nat Poole."
+
+"Why, what do you mean?" cried Dave, and then he added quickly, as he
+saw that his sister had something on her mind: "What has happened
+now?"
+
+"I don't know exactly, Dave. But I got word through Ben Basswood's
+cousin that Nat had told Ben he wasn't going to let you ride over him
+this term. I think Nat is jealous because you were so successful in
+that trip to Cave Island."
+
+"Did you learn of anything Nat intended to do?" questioned Roger,
+curiously.
+
+"No, excepting that he said he wasn't going to play second fiddle to
+your crowd any longer. He tried to get into a quarrel with Ben, but
+Ben would have nothing to do with him."
+
+"Did Nat go back to the Hall when it opened?" asked Phil.
+
+"Yes, the same day Ben went back."
+
+"I am not afraid of Nat Poole," declared Dave, stoutly. "He is a
+bully, always was, and I suppose he always will be. I tried to do him
+a favor the last time I saw him--but he doesn't seem to have
+appreciated it."
+
+"Laura!" called a musical voice, from the stair landing.
+
+"Coming, Jessie!" answered Laura. "Now you boys, hurry--lunch will be
+served in a few minutes;" and she left the room.
+
+"So Nat Poole wants to make more trouble, eh?" mused Dave, as he
+resumed packing. "What a chap he is! Why can't he be decent and mind
+his own business?"
+
+"Because he isn't that breed, that's why," answered Phil. "He hates to
+see another fellow become popular. Dave, you take my advice and watch
+him, when we get back to school."
+
+"I'll do it," answered Dave, thoughtfully.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+A GLIMPSE AT THE PAST
+
+
+"Everything ready?"
+
+"Yes, so far as I know."
+
+"Then we are off! Good-by, everybody!"
+
+"Good-by! Take care of yourself, Dave!"
+
+"I will!"
+
+There was a tooting of an automobile horn, a chorus of cries and
+cheers, a waving of caps, and then the big touring car that had been
+drawn up in front of the Wadsworth mansion rolled from the piazza
+steps through the spacious grounds; and Dave Porter and his chums were
+once more on their way to boarding school.
+
+To those who have read the previous volumes of this line of stories
+Dave Porter will need no special introduction. For the benefit of new
+readers allow me to state that Dave was a wideawake American lad, now
+well along in his school years.
+
+When a small child our hero had been found one day, walking along the
+railroad tracks near the town of Crumville. He could tell nothing
+about himself, and as nobody came to claim him, he was taken to the
+local poorhouse, where he remained a number of years. Then he was
+bound out to a broken-down college professor named Caspar Potts, who
+was farming for his health. The professor did what he could for the
+lad, but soon got into difficulties with a mean money-lender named
+Aaron Poole, and would have lost his farm had it not been for
+something out of the ordinary happening.
+
+On the outskirts of the town lived a wealthy jewelry manufacturer,
+Oliver Wadsworth. Mr. Wadsworth had a daughter named Jessie, and one
+day, through an explosion of an automobile tank, the little miss was
+in danger of being burned to death, when Dave came to her assistance.
+This so pleased the Wadsworths that they came not only to the boy's
+aid but also helped Caspar Potts.
+
+"The lad shall go to boarding school and get a good education," said
+Oliver Wadsworth. And how Dave was sent off has already been related
+in the first book of this series, entitled "Dave Porter at Oak Hall."
+At the school he made many warm friends, including Roger Morr, the son
+of a United States senator; Phil Lawrence, the offspring of a wealthy
+shipowner; Buster Beggs, who was fat as he was jolly, and Maurice,
+otherwise "Shadow" Hamilton, who would rather spin yarns than eat. He
+also made some enemies, not the least of whom were Gus Plum, a great
+bully, and Nat Poole, son of the money-lender already mentioned. Plum
+had since reformed, but Nat was as overbearing and dictatorial as
+ever.
+
+The great cloud resting over Dave in those days was the question of
+his identity, and when some of his enemies spoke of him as "that
+poorhouse nobody" he resolved to find out who he really was. Getting a
+strange clew, he set forth on his travels, as described in "Dave
+Porter in the South Seas," where he found his uncle, Dunston Porter.
+Then he came back to Oak Hall, as told of in "Dave Porter's Return to
+School," and next went to the Land of the Midnight Sun, as set forth
+in "Dave Porter in the Far North," where he was gladdened by a
+long-hoped-for meeting with his father.
+
+"They can't say I'm a poorhouse nobody now," he told himself, and went
+back to Oak Hall once again, as set forth in "Dave Porter and His
+Classmates." Here he made more friends than ever, but he likewise made
+enemies, the most bitter of the latter being one Link Merwell, the son
+of a ranch-owner of the West. Merwell did his best to get Dave into
+trouble, but in the end was exposed and had to leave the school.
+
+Vacation time was now at hand, and through Laura Porter, our hero's
+newly-found sister, Dave and his chums were invited to visit some of
+Laura's friends in the Far West. Laura Porter and Jessie Wadsworth
+went along; and what a grand time the young folks had can be realized
+by reading "Dave Porter at Star Ranch." The boys went hunting and
+fishing, and learned to do some broncho-riding, and they likewise fell
+in with Link Merwell again and showed that bully up in his true
+colors.
+
+"Back to the grind now!" said Dave, after the vacation was over, and
+back he did go, to Oak Hall, as told of in "Dave Porter and His
+Rivals." That term was a lively one, for some lads came there from
+another school, and they, led by Nat Poole, tried to run matters to
+suit themselves. But when the newcomers lost an important football
+contest, Oak Hall woke up to the true condition of affairs, and Dave
+and his chums quickly regained their places on the eleven, and then
+won a grand victory. During this time Link Merwell, in company with
+another bad boy named Nick Jasniff, became a student at Rockville
+Military Academy, a rival institution of learning. Both bullies did
+their best to make trouble for our hero, but, as before, he exposed
+them, and this time they had to flee to escape arrest.
+
+When the Christmas holidays came around Dave went back to Crumville,
+where he and his family and old Caspar Potts now lived with the
+Wadsworths. At that time Mr. Wadsworth had at his jewelry works some
+rare diamonds, waiting to be reset. Directly after Christmas came a
+startling robbery. The diamonds were gone, and it was learned by Dave
+that if they were not recovered, not only would Mr. Wadsworth be
+ruined, but that his own father and his uncle would be seriously
+crippled financially, as they had gone on a bond for the return of the
+gems.
+
+At first, clews to the robbers were scarce, but soon Dave made a queer
+discovery, and followed this up by another, as set forth in the volume
+preceding this, entitled, "Dave Porter on Cave Island." He and his
+chums became satisfied that Link Merwell and Nick Jasniff had
+committed the theft, and they followed the evil pair, first to Florida
+and then to Cave Island, so named because of the numerous caverns it
+contained. The evil-doers were caught and the diamonds recovered, but,
+at the last moment, Link Merwell managed to escape.
+
+"Let him go," said Dave. "He acts as if he wanted to turn over a new
+leaf."
+
+"I am glad it wasn't Jasniff," returned Phil. "He is the worse of the
+pair."
+
+"Right you are," agreed Roger.
+
+The senator's son and Phil had accompanied Dave to Crumville, and all
+had received a warm reception at the hands of those who were waiting
+for them. Mr. Wadsworth was delighted to get back the jewels, and
+thanked Dave over and over again for what he had done. Dave's father
+and his uncle were also happy, and as for Laura, she had to hug her
+brother over and over again. Jessie wanted to hug him, too, but her
+maidenly modesty prevented this, but she gave Dave a look and a hand
+squeeze that meant a good deal, for our hero was her hero, too, and
+always had been.
+
+The boys knew they had to go back to Oak Hall, but the older folks had
+insisted that they rest up a bit, after their traveling. So they
+"rested" by going skating and sleigh-riding for the last time that
+season, taking the girls along.
+
+"I've got an idea," said Dave's uncle, one morning, after the snow had
+cleared away. "The roads are so fine just now, what is to prevent my
+taking you to Oak Hall in the touring car? We can make it in a day, I
+think."
+
+"Grand!" shouted Dave.
+
+"Just the thing!" added Phil.
+
+"Couldn't be better," supplemented Roger.
+
+"You can ship your baggage on by express," went on Dunston Porter,
+"and then we'll have room enough to take Laura and Jessie, if they
+want to go along."
+
+"Fine!" burst out Roger, so quickly that it made Phil wink, and then
+the senator's son grew red. "Isn't it all right?" he demanded.
+
+"Sure thing," responded the shipowner's son.
+
+The matter was talked over; and that night it was arranged that the
+two girls should go along on the trip, returning later to Crumville
+with Mr. Porter. Not to tire Laura and Jessie too much, it was decided
+to leave after lunch the next day, stopping over night at Ryeport, and
+finishing the trip to Oak Hall the morning following.
+
+"If only the good weather holds out," said Roger, wistfully. And then
+he added suddenly: "Who is going to sit in front with your uncle,
+Dave?"
+
+"Why, you are, of course," broke in Phil, with a grin.
+
+"Why--er--I----" stammered the senator's son.
+
+"Now, Phil, you know you said you'd like that seat," broke in Dave.
+"He's only fooling you, Roger." And then Roger looked quite satisfied,
+for, it might as well be confessed, Roger and Laura were very friendly
+and liked greatly to be in each other's company. The senator's son had
+a manly regard for Dave's sister--the same kind of a feeling that our
+hero had for dear little Jessie.
+
+The trunks and suit-cases had been shipped off, and the big
+six-cylinder car--a new machine belonging to the Porters--had been
+brought around, with Dunston Porter at the wheel, for the old hunter
+and traveler had taken a strong liking to autoing. The girls and boys
+had piled in, after much handshaking and some kisses, and now the car
+was rolling out of the grounds, leaving Mr. and Mrs. Wadsworth, Dave's
+father, and old Caspar Potts standing on the piazza, waving the
+travelers adieu.
+
+"Take care of yourself, my boy!" shouted Mr. Porter.
+
+"I will, Dad!" called back Dave. "You take it easy till I get back,"
+he added, for he knew that his parent had been working hard of late.
+
+"I hate to see Dave go--he is so full of life and good cheer,"
+murmured Mrs. Wadsworth, with a sigh.
+
+"Best lad in the world," added her husband.
+
+"Yes, yes! The very best!" came in a quavering voice from old Caspar
+Potts, and the tears stood in his glistening eyes.
+
+"I trust he comes through this year at Oak Hall all right," resumed
+Mr. Porter, as, the automobile having disappeared, those left behind
+reentered the house. "He wishes to graduate, you know."
+
+"Don't you think he'll come through?" asked the manufacturer,
+quickly.
+
+"I'm not sure about it. He has lost so much time--on that trip he and
+the others took--you know."
+
+"That is true."
+
+"Oh, Davy will come through, never fear!" cried Caspar Potts. "I know
+the lad. If he makes up his mind--well, it's as good as done," and he
+nodded his whitened head several times. To the old college professor
+who knew him so well, there was no youth quite so clever and manly as
+Dave Porter.
+
+In the meantime the big touring car was leaving Crumville rapidly
+behind. On the front seat, beside Mr. Porter, sat Phil, waving an Oak
+Hall banner and cracking all kinds of jokes. In the back were the two
+girls with Dave and Roger. All were well bundled up, for the air,
+though clear, was still cold.
+
+"Here is where we make fifty miles an hour!" cried the shipowner's
+son, gayly.
+
+"Oh, Phil!" burst out Laura. "Fifty miles an hour! Uncle Dunston,
+don't you dare----"
+
+"Phil is fooling," interrupted her uncle.
+
+"That's it--I made a mistake--we are to go at sixty miles an hour,
+just as soon as we pass the next chicken coop. We won't dare do it
+before, for fear of blowing the coop over. We----"
+
+"Why not make it seventy-five miles while you are at it," broke in
+Dave. "Nothing like going the limit." And at this there was a general
+laugh.
+
+"There is a bad turn ahead," said Dunston Porter, a minute later.
+"They have torn up part of the road around the hill. We'll have to
+take it pretty slowly."
+
+The touring car crept up the hill, past several heaps of dirt, and
+then started to come down on the other side. Here there was a sharp
+curve, with heavy bushes on both sides. Mr. Porter blew the horn loud
+and long, to warn anybody ahead that he was coming.
+
+"Look out!" yelled Phil, suddenly. But the warning was not necessary,
+for Dunston Porter saw the danger and so did the others. A horse and
+buggy were just ahead on the torn-up highway, going in the same
+direction as themselves. The horse was prancing and rearing and the
+driver was sawing at the lines in an effort to quiet the steed. It
+looked as if there might be a collision.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+A TALK OF THE FUTURE
+
+
+The girls screamed and the boys uttered various cries and words of
+advice. Dave leaned forward, to jam on the hand-brake, but his uncle
+was ahead of him in the action. The foot-brake was already down, and
+from the rear wheels came a shrill squeaking, as the bands gripped the
+hubs. But the hill was a steep one and the big touring car, well
+laden, continued to move downward, although but slowly.
+
+"Keep over! Keep over to the right!" yelled Dunston Porter, to the
+driver of the buggy. But the man was fully as excited as his horse,
+and he continued to saw on the reins, until the turnout occupied the
+very center of the narrow and torn-up highway.
+
+It was a time of peril, and a man less used to critical moments than
+Dunston Porter might have lost his head completely. But this old
+traveler and hunter, who had faced grizzly bears in the West and lions
+in Africa, managed to keep cool. He saw a chance to pass on the right
+of the turnout ahead, and like a flash he let go on the two brakes
+and turned on a little power. Forward bounded the big car, the right
+wheels on the very edge of a water-gully. The left mud-guards scraped
+the buggy, and the man driving it uttered a yell of fright. Then the
+touring car went on, to come to a halt at the bottom of the hill, a
+short distance away.
+
+"Hello!" exclaimed Dave, as he looked back at the turnout that had
+caused the trouble. "It's Mr. Poole!"
+
+"You mean Nat's father?" queried Phil.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Hi, you! What do you mean by running into me?" stormed the
+money-lender, savagely, as he presently managed to get his steed under
+control and came down beside the touring car.
+
+"What do you mean by blocking the road, Mr. Poole?" returned Dunston
+Porter, coldly.
+
+"I didn't block the road!"
+
+"You certainly did. If we had run into you, it would have been your
+fault."
+
+"Nonsense! You passed me on the wrong side."
+
+"Because you didn't give me room to pass on the other side."
+
+"And your horn scared my horse."
+
+"I don't see how that is my fault. Your horse ought to be used to
+auto-horns by this time."
+
+"You've scraped all the paint off my carriage, and I had it painted
+only last week," went on the money-lender, warming up. "It's an
+outrage how you auto fellows think you own the whole road!"
+
+"I won't discuss the matter now, Mr. Poole," answered Dunston Porter,
+stiffly. "I think it was your fault entirely. But if you think
+otherwise, come and see me when I get back from this trip, which will
+be in four days." And without waiting for more words, Dave's uncle
+started up the touring car, and Aaron Poole was soon left far behind.
+
+"If he isn't a peach!" murmured Roger, slangily. "It's easy to see
+where Nat gets his meanness from. He is simply a chip off the old
+block."
+
+"He's a pretty big chip," returned Phil, dryly.
+
+"I don't see how he can blame us," said Dave. "We simply couldn't pass
+him on the left. If we had tried, we'd have gone in the ditch sure.
+And the scraping we did to his buggy amounts to next to nothing."
+
+"I am not afraid of what he'll do," said Dunston Porter. "A couple of
+dollars will fix up those scratches, and if he is so close-fisted I'll
+foot the bill. But I'll give him a piece of my mind for blocking the
+road."
+
+"But his horse was frightened, Uncle Dunston," said Laura.
+
+"A little, yes, but if Poole hadn't got scared himself he might have
+drawn closer to the side of the road. I think he was more frightened
+than the horse."
+
+"He certainly was," declared Phil. "When we scraped the buggy his face
+got as white as chalk, and he almost dropped the lines."
+
+"He'll hate all of us worse than ever for this," was Dave's comment.
+
+"I am not afraid of him," answered the uncle.
+
+On and on sped the big touring car, and soon the stirring incident on
+the road was, for the time being, forgotten. Crumville had been left
+far behind, and now they passed through one pretty village after
+another. On the broad, level stretches Dunston Porter allowed the boys
+to "spell" him at the wheel, for each knew how to run an automobile.
+
+"Twenty miles more to Ryeport!" cried Dave, as they came to a
+crossroads and read a signboard.
+
+"And it's just half-past five," added the senator's son, consulting
+his watch. "We'll get there in plenty of time to wash up and have a
+fine dinner."
+
+"And, say, maybe we won't do a thing to that table!" murmured Phil,
+smacking his lips.
+
+"Oh, you boys are always hungry," was Jessie's comment.
+
+"Well, you know, we've got to grow," answered Phil, with a grin.
+
+"I think I'll enjoy eating after such a long ride," said Laura. "The
+fresh air certainly does give one an appetite."
+
+"I think I'll order bread and milk for all hands," remarked Dunston
+Porter, with a sly smile.
+
+"Bread and milk!" murmured Jessie, in dismay.
+
+"Sure. It's famous for your complexion."
+
+"A juicy steak for mine!" cried Dave. "Steak, and vegetables, and
+salad, and pudding or pie."
+
+"Well, I guess that will do for me, too," said his uncle, simply. "You
+see, I suppose I'll have to eat to keep you company," and he smiled
+again.
+
+"Uncle Dunston, what a tease you are!" murmured Laura. "Your appetite
+is just as good as that of any of the boys."
+
+Dave was at the wheel, and he sent the touring car along the smooth
+highway at a speed of twenty miles an hour. He would have liked to
+drive faster, but his uncle would not permit this.
+
+"The law says twenty miles an hour, and I believe in obeying the law,"
+said Dunston Porter. "Besides, you can never tell what may happen, and
+it is best to have your car under control."
+
+The truth of the latter remark was demonstrated less than five
+minutes later, when they came to another crossroads. Without warning
+of any kind, a racing car came rushing swiftly from one direction and
+a coach from the other. Dave could not cross ahead of the racing car,
+and the approach of the coach from the opposite direction cut him off
+from turning with the car. So all that was left to do was to jam on
+both brakes, which he did, and then, as the racing car shot past, he
+released the wheels and went on, just ahead of the coach. But it was a
+narrow escape all around, and the girls and Roger leaped to their feet
+in alarm.
+
+"Phew! see them streak along!" was Phil's comment, gazing after the
+racing car, which was fast disappearing in a cloud of dust.
+
+"They ought to be arrested!" was Laura's comment. "Why, we might have
+been smashed up!"
+
+"Good work, Davy!" cried Dunston Porter. "You did just the right
+thing."
+
+"Even if that coach driver is shaking his fist at us, eh?" answered
+Dave, and he bobbed his head in the direction of the coach, which had
+hauled up but was now going on.
+
+"If you had been going a little faster it would have been all up with
+us," said Phil, with a grave shake of his head.
+
+"Let me take the wheel now," said Dunston Porter, quietly, and Dave
+slid out of the driving-seat willingly enough, for the excitement had
+left him somewhat limp.
+
+Half-past six found them in Ryeport, and a few minutes later they
+rolled up to the National Hotel, and the girls and boys got out, while
+Mr. Porter took the car around to the garage. They had sent word ahead
+for rooms, and all soon felt at home. The girls had a fine apartment
+on the second floor, front, with Dunston Porter next to them, and the
+three boys in a big room across the hallway.
+
+When the young people assembled in the dining-room, after brushing and
+washing up, a surprise awaited them. They had a table to themselves,
+ordered by Dunston Porter, and decorated with a big bouquet of roses
+and carnations. A full course dinner was served.
+
+"Oh, this is lovely!" cried Jessie, as she caught sight of the
+flowers.
+
+"Just grand, Uncle Dunston!" added Laura. And then she added, in a
+lower voice: "If there wasn't such a crowd, I'd give you a big hug for
+this!"
+
+"And so would I," added Jessie.
+
+"All right, that's one you owe me, girls, remember that," answered the
+old hunter and traveler.
+
+They spent over an hour at the table, enjoying the bountiful spread
+provided, and telling stories and jokes. The boys were in their
+element, and kept the girls laughing almost constantly.
+
+"We'll be back to the grind day after to-morrow, so we had better make
+the best of it," was the way Dave expressed himself.
+
+After the meal, Dunston Porter went out to give directions concerning
+the touring car, and Phil accompanied him. This left our hero and
+Roger alone with the two girls. They sought out the hotel parlor,
+which they found deserted, and Dave and Jessie walked to the far end,
+where there was an alcove, while Roger and Laura went to the piano.
+
+"Dave, won't it be hard work to go back to the grind, as you call it?"
+questioned Jessie, as both stood looking out of the window.
+
+"In a way, yes, but it's what a fellow has got to expect, Jessie," he
+returned. "A chap can't get an education without working for it."
+
+"I trust you pass with high honors," the girl went on, with a hopeful
+look into his face.
+
+"I'll try my best. Of course, I've lost some time--going to Cave
+Island and all that. Maybe I'll flunk."
+
+"Oh, Dave, that would be--be----" Jessie could not go on.
+
+"As soon as I get back I'm going to buckle down, and get to be a
+regular greasy grind, as they call 'em. I've made up my mind to one
+thing I'm afraid the others won't like."
+
+"What's that?"
+
+"I'm going to cut the baseball nine, if I can. It takes too much time
+from our studies."
+
+"Won't that be easy?"
+
+"I don't know. I made quite a record, you know. Maybe the crowd will
+insist on it that I play. Of course, I don't want to see Oak Hall lose
+any games. But I guess they'll have players enough--with all the new
+students coming in."
+
+"And if you do graduate, Dave, what then?" asked Jessie, after a
+pause. This question had been on her mind a long time, but she had
+hesitated about asking it.
+
+"To tell the honest truth, Jessie, I don't know," answered Dave, very
+slowly. "I've thought and thought, but I can't seem to hit the right
+thing. Your father and Professor Potts seem to think I ought to go to
+college, and I rather incline that way myself. But then I think of
+going to some technical institution, and of taking up civil
+engineering, or mining, or something like that. Uncle Dunston knew a
+young fellow who became a civil engineer and went to South America and
+laid out a railroad across the Andes Mountains, and he knew another
+young fellow who took up mining and made a big thing of a mine in
+Montana. That sort of thing appeals to me, and it appeals to Dad,
+too."
+
+"But it would take you so far from home, Dave!" and Jessie caught hold
+of his arm as she spoke, as if afraid he was going to leave that
+minute.
+
+"I know it, but--er--but--would you care, Jessie?" he stammered.
+
+"Care? Of course, I'd care!" she replied, and suddenly began to blush.
+"We'd all care."
+
+"But would you care very much?" he insisted, lowering his voice.
+"Because, if you would, I'd tell you something."
+
+"What would you tell me?" she asked.
+
+"The young fellow who went to South America as a civil engineer took
+his wife with him."
+
+"Oh, Dave!" and for the moment Jessie turned her head away.
+
+"If I went so far off, I'd want somebody with me, Jessie. A fellow
+would be awfully lonely otherwise."
+
+"I--I suppose that would be so."
+
+"If you thought enough of a fellow, would you go to South America, or
+Montana, or Africa with him?" And Dave looked Jessie full in the
+face.
+
+"I'd go to the end of the world with him," she answered, with sudden
+boldness.
+
+Then Mr. Porter and Phil came back, and the conversation became
+general.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+MR. JOB HASKERS'S DOINGS
+
+
+"And now for Oak Hall!"
+
+It was Dave who uttered the words, the next morning, after a good
+night's rest and an early breakfast. The big touring car had been
+brought around by Dunston Porter, and the young folks had climbed in
+and stowed away the limited baggage they carried. All felt in
+excellent spirits, and Dave was particularly gay. What Jessie had said
+the evening before, and the way she had said it, still hung in his
+mind. She was a splendid girl, and if it was in him to do it, he was
+going to make himself worthy of her. He was still young, so he did not
+dwell long over these things, but his regard for her was entirely
+proper, and likely to make him do his best in his endeavors.
+
+Phil had asked for permission to run the car for a while and took the
+wheel as soon as Ryeport was left behind. The shipowner's son knew how
+to handle an automobile almost as well as any of them, but he had one
+fault, which was, that he did not steer out of the way of sharp
+stones and like things calculated to bring on punctures and
+blow-outs.
+
+"My, what a glorious morning!" exclaimed Laura, as they bowled along
+over the smooth roads.
+
+"Couldn't be better," answered Roger. "Wish we were going on all day!"
+he added.
+
+"So do I," added Dave. They expected to reach Oakdale by noon, get
+dinner there, and then run up to the school.
+
+"Not too fast, Phil," warned Mr. Porter, as the shipowner's son "let
+her out a bit," as he expressed it. "You don't know what sort of a
+road you've got beyond the turn."
+
+"We'll soon be coming to some roads we know," answered Phil. "Those we
+used to travel on our bicycles."
+
+They passed through several towns and villages. Then they reached a
+crossroads, and here some men and a steam roller were at work, and the
+road was closed. One of the workmen motioned for them to take the road
+on the left.
+
+"Must be a road around," said Dunston Porter. "It doesn't look very
+good, but you can try it. Shall I take the wheel?"
+
+"Oh, I can run the car easily enough," answered Phil.
+
+For half a mile they went on without trouble, through a rolling
+country where the scenery was very fine. Then they reached a point
+where the road was full of loose stones.
+
+"Be careful!" cried Mr. Porter.
+
+They rolled on, past a pretty farmhouse and some barns. They were just
+on the point of making another turn when there came a sudden bang!
+from under the car, and the turnout swayed to one side of the road.
+Phil threw out the clutch and put on the brakes, and they came to a
+standstill. Then the driver shut off the engine.
+
+"What is the matter?" queried Jessie.
+
+"A blow-out, I guess," answered Dave. "We'll soon see."
+
+Dunston Porter and the boys got down to the ground and made an
+examination. The shoe of the rear left wheel had been badly cut by the
+sharp stones and the inner tube had been blown out through the cut.
+
+"We'll have to put on one of the other shoes," said Mr. Porter. They
+carried two with them, besides half a dozen inner tubes.
+
+"All right, here is where we get to work!" cried Dave. "Somebody time
+us, please," and he started in by getting off his coat and cuffs and
+donning a working jumper. His uncle quickly followed suit, while Phil
+and Roger got out the lifting-jack and some tools.
+
+The girls stood watching the proceedings for a while and then strolled
+back towards the farmhouse. The boys and Mr. Porter became so
+engrossed in putting on a new inner tube and a shoe that they did not
+notice their absence. The new shoe fitted the rim of the wheel rather
+tightly and they had all they could do to get it into place.
+
+"Phew! this is work and no mistake!" murmured Roger. "I wonder why
+they can't get tires that won't blow out or go down."
+
+"Maybe some day they will have them," answered Dunston Porter.
+
+"I reckon this is all my fault," put in Phil, ruefully. "I must have
+gone over some extra sharp stone, and it cut like a knife."
+
+"Oh, such accidents are liable to happen to anybody," answered Dave.
+He looked at his watch. "Twenty-five minutes, and we haven't blown it
+up yet! No record job this time."
+
+"Thank fortune we've got a patent pump to do the pumping for us,"
+remarked his uncle. Pumping tires by hand he found a very disagreeable
+task.
+
+At last the shoe and tube were in place and the pump was set in
+motion. Dave watched the gauge, and when it was high enough he shut
+off the air. The tools were put away, and they were ready to go on
+again.
+
+"The girls went back to that farmhouse," said the senator's son,
+pointing to a small cottage.
+
+"Let us run back and pick them up, and wash our hands at the well."
+
+Once in front of the house, Dunston Porter, who was at the wheel,
+sounded the horn. At the same time the boys made for the well, which
+stood between the house and one of the barns.
+
+"Maybe the girls went inside," remarked Dave, as he looked in vain for
+them.
+
+"Must be somewhere around," returned Phil.
+
+All washed up, using soap and towels carried in the car. Then Dave
+went to the door of the farmhouse and knocked. In answer to the
+summons Laura appeared.
+
+"Oh, Dave, come in!" she cried. "I want you to meet the lady here."
+
+Wondering what his sister wanted, our hero stepped into the
+sitting-room, which was small and plainly but neatly furnished. In a
+rocking-chair sat an elderly woman, pale and careworn.
+
+"Mrs. Breen, this is my brother," said Laura. "And these are his
+school chums," she added, nodding towards Phil and Roger.
+
+"How do you do, boys?" said the woman, in a thin, trembling voice.
+
+"We just told her we were bound for Oak Hall," said Jessie, who was
+also present. "And she says she knows somebody there."
+
+"She knows Mr. Job Haskers," finished Laura.
+
+"Mr. Haskers!" repeated Dave, mentioning the name of one of the
+teachers--a dictatorial individual nobody liked, and who was allowed
+to keep his position mainly because of his abilities as an instructor.
+The chums had had more than one dispute with Job Haskers, and all
+wished that he would leave the school.
+
+"Yes, yes, I know him," answered Mrs. Breen, nodding her head gravely
+and thoughtfully. "He is a great scholar--a very great scholar," and
+she nodded again. She was not well and her mind did not appear to be
+overly bright. She lived alone in the cottage, a neighboring farmer
+taking care of her few acres of ground for her.
+
+"Dave, come here," whispered Laura, and led her brother to a corner of
+the room. "Mrs. Breen tells me that Mr. Haskers owes her money--that
+he used to board with her and that he borrowed some--and she says he
+writes that he can't pay her because he gets so little salary, and
+that sometimes he has to wait a long while himself."
+
+"How much is it?" asked Dave, with interest. He remembered how
+close-fisted Job Haskers had been on more than one occasion.
+
+"Nearly two hundred dollars, so she says."
+
+"He ought to be able to pay that, Laura. I think he gets a fair
+salary--in fact, I am sure of it--and I am also pretty sure that
+Doctor Clay doesn't keep him waiting for his money."
+
+"It is too bad! She looks so helpless and so much in need," murmured
+the girl.
+
+"I'll find out about this," answered Dave.
+
+He sat down, as did the others, and soon had the elderly lady telling
+her story in detail. It was not very long. Job Haskers had boarded
+with her one summer, just before obtaining his position at Oak Hall,
+and he owed her sixty dollars for this. During the time he had spent
+with her he had spoken of a school-book he was going to publish that
+would bring him in much money, and she had loaned him a hundred and
+twenty-five dollars for this. But she had never seen the school-book,
+nor had he ever paid back a cent. His plea, when she had written to
+him, had been that his pay was poor and that he had to wait a long
+time to get money, and that his publishers had not yet gotten around
+to selling his book.
+
+"I never heard of any book he got out," said Roger. "And I think I
+would hear if there was such a book."
+
+"That's so," added Phil. "Old Haskers would be so proud of it he would
+want everybody to know."
+
+"It is certainly a shame he doesn't pay this lady, if he has the
+money," was Dunston Porter's comment. "Did he give you a note?" he
+asked of Mrs. Breen.
+
+"He wrote out some kind of a paper and was going to give it to me. But
+I never got it."
+
+"He's a swindler, that's what he is!" murmured Phil, wrathfully.
+
+"It looks that way," answered Dave, in an equally low tone.
+
+"He knows this lady is next to helpless and he intends to do her out
+of the money!"
+
+"He ought to be sued," exclaimed Roger.
+
+"You have no note, or other writing about the money?" questioned Mr.
+Porter.
+
+"I have his letters," answered the elderly lady. "They are in the
+bureau yonder." And she pointed to an ancient chest of drawers.
+
+"Shall I get them?" asked Jessie, for she saw that it was a task for
+the old lady to move around.
+
+"If you will, my dear. I am so stiff it is hard to get up."
+
+Both girls went to the chest of drawers and brought out a small box of
+letters. Mrs. Breen put on her glasses and fumbled them over and
+brought forth three communications which were, as the boys recognized,
+in Job Haskers's well-known jerky handwriting. She passed them over to
+be read, and all present perused them with interest.
+
+The contents, however, were disappointing, especially to the boys and
+Dunston Porter, who had hoped to find something by which legally to
+hold the school-teacher. Not once did Job Haskers mention that he owed
+Mrs. Breen any money. He simply stated that he regretted he could do
+nothing for her, that times were hard, and that his income was limited
+and hard to get. He said as little as possible, and the tone of the
+communications showed that he hoped he would hear no more from the old
+lady who had done what she could to aid him.
+
+"I think this is the limit!" said Dave to his uncle. "Don't you think
+he ought to be sued?"
+
+"I don't know about suing him, Dave; but I think this ought to be put
+in a lawyer's hands."
+
+"He makes money enough to pay this lady," said Phil. "Say, I've a good
+mind to give him a piece of my mind!" he added, hotly.
+
+"I'll look into this when I come back this way," said Dunston Porter,
+after a little more talk. "Perhaps I can get one of our lawyers to
+prod this Haskers a little, and also state the case to Doctor Clay."
+
+"Oh, will you do that, Uncle Dunston?" cried Laura, brightening, for
+she, as well as all of the others, felt sorry for Mrs. Breen, who
+seemed so poor, old, and lonesome.
+
+"Yes, I'll do it. And now we had better be on our way,--if we want to
+reach Oakdale by noon," went on Mr. Porter.
+
+The boys went out, followed by Jessie. Laura lingered, to whisper
+something in her uncle's ear. Dunston Porter nodded, and then Laura
+joined the others.
+
+"Mrs. Breen, I will be back in a day or two, to see you about this
+money affair," said Mr. Porter, when he and the old lady were alone.
+"In the meantime, as you were so kind as to take the young ladies in
+while we were mending our machine, allow me to make you a little
+present," and as he finished he placed a five-dollar bill in her lap.
+
+"Oh!" she cried, taking up the banknote. "Why, it's five dollars! I--I
+can't really take all that money!"
+
+"Oh, yes, you can," said Mr. Porter, smiling. "Use it as you see fit,
+and remember that I'll be back, and we'll do what we can to get that
+money from Mr. Haskers."
+
+"You are very, very kind!" murmured the old lady, and tears stood in
+her eyes. The past winter had been a severe one for her, and she had
+had a hard struggle to get along.
+
+"Good-by!" shouted the girls and boys to her, and she waved her hand
+to them. Then the automobile started off once more, in the direction
+of Oakdale.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+AT OAK HALL ONCE MORE
+
+
+"Hurrah! here we are at Oakdale at last!"
+
+"Old town looks natural, doesn't it?"
+
+"So it does, Roger. See any of the fellows?"
+
+"Not yet, Dave. But we are sure to meet somebody, even if it is a
+school-day," went on the senator's son.
+
+"Uncle Dunston, let me take the auto around to the hotel," said our
+hero. "I know the streets better than you do. We have to make several
+turns."
+
+"All right, Dave," was the ready answer, and Dunston Porter arose and
+allowed his nephew to crowd into the driver's seat.
+
+The run to the town in the vicinity of which Oak Hall was located had
+been made without further incident. On the way the party had talked
+over Mrs. Breen's affairs, and Dunston Porter had promised to take the
+matter up, through his lawyer.
+
+"I think it best that our names don't appear in the case," said he.
+"Otherwise, Mr. Haskers might not treat you so well during the term."
+
+"He never treats us well, anyway," grumbled Phil. "But you are right,
+don't mention our names."
+
+On this late winter day the town looked rather dreary, but the young
+folks were in high spirits, and Dave, with a grand flourish, ran the
+car up to one of the best hotels the place afforded. As before, word
+had been sent ahead that they were coming, and the host of the resort
+came out to meet them.
+
+"We'll have dinner ready inside of quarter of an hour," he said. "Come
+in and make yourselves at home."
+
+The repast was fully as good as the dinner served at Ryeport, and
+everybody enjoyed it greatly.
+
+"And now for the Hall!" cried Dave.
+
+"Glad to leave us?" asked Jessie, half-reproachfully.
+
+"You know better than to ask such a question," he replied. "But if we
+have got to get back to the grind, why, we might as well do it."
+
+"And I'm a bit anxious to see how the old place looks," added the
+senator's son.
+
+"Dave, you can run the car to the Hall, if you wish," said Mr. Porter,
+feeling sure the youth would like to do that very thing.
+
+"All right."
+
+The touring automobile was brought around, and they were just getting
+in when there came a sudden hail from across the way.
+
+"Hello, there, everybody!"
+
+"It's Dave Porter, and Roger, and Phil!" said somebody else.
+
+"Why, how are you, Shadow!" cried our hero. "And how are you, Buster?"
+he added, as Maurice Hamilton and Buster Beggs came across the road to
+greet them.
+
+"Fine!" puffed Buster, who was very fat and jolly. "Only Shadow has
+been walking the feet off of me!" And then the stout youth shook hands
+all around.
+
+"Now, just to hear that!" cried Shadow, as he, too, shook hands. "Why,
+all we did was to walk from the Hall to here."
+
+"And up one street and down another for half an hour," burst in
+Buster.
+
+"Say, that puts me in mind of a story!" cried Shadow, who was noted
+for his yarn-spinning weakness. "Once two men started to walk----"
+
+"Stow it!" came from three of the other lads in concert.
+
+"It's too early yet to tell stories, Shadow," said Dave, with a smile.
+"You can tell them to-night. Tell us now, is there anything new at the
+Hall?"
+
+"There sure is."
+
+"What?" asked Phil and Roger.
+
+"The wild man."
+
+"Oh, has he turned up again?" asked the girls, with interest.
+
+"Twice--yesterday morning and this morning," said Buster.
+
+"He didn't turn up at all, Buster," interposed Shadow. "When you start
+to tell a story, why don't you tell it straight?"
+
+"Oh, you tell it," grumbled the fat boy. "You have that sort of thing
+down to a science."
+
+"There isn't very much to tell," went on Shadow Hamilton. "He left his
+mark, that's all."
+
+"Left his mark?" queried Dave.
+
+"That's it--wide, blue marks. He must have about a ton of blue
+chalk."
+
+"Say, Shadow, you are talking in riddles," burst out the shipowner's
+son. "Give it to us in plain United States, can't you?"
+
+"Sure I can. Well, this wild man visited the school yesterday morning
+and this morning, before anybody was up. The first time he went into
+the big classroom and took some books, and the next time he visited
+the kitchen and pantry and took some grub--I beg the ladies' pardon--I
+should have said food--a ham, a chicken, and some doughnuts."
+
+"And the blue chalk----?" queried Mr. Porter.
+
+"I was coming to that. In the classroom he left his mark--a big
+circle, with a cross inside, in blue chalk."
+
+"And how do you know that is the mark of the wild man?" asked Laura.
+
+"Oh, we found that out some time ago," answered Shadow. "He seems to
+have a mania for blue chalk, and even puts it on his face sometimes,
+and he chalks down that circle with the cross wherever he goes."
+
+"Then, if he does that, why can't they trail him down?" asked Dave.
+
+"Because he is like a flea--when you try to put your hands on him he
+isn't there," answered Shadow. "And say, that puts me in mind of
+another story. Once three boys were----"
+
+"That will do, Shadow!" cried Roger. "About the wild man is enough for
+the present."
+
+"Have they any idea who he is?" asked Dunston Porter.
+
+"Not the slightest," answered Buster. "And they don't know where he
+keeps himself, although it must be in the woods near the school."
+
+"Oh, Dave, I hope he doesn't harm anybody!" cried Jessie, with a
+shiver.
+
+"Are you boys ready to go back to the Hall?" asked Dunston Porter.
+
+"I am," responded Buster, readily.
+
+"So am I," added the story-teller of the school.
+
+"Then we'll take you along, provided you don't mind being crowded."
+
+"We won't mind, if the young ladies won't," returned the fat youth.
+
+"Oh, come in by all means!" cried Laura.
+
+"We'll make room somehow," added Jessie.
+
+A minute later the big car started on the way to Oak Hall, with Dave
+at the wheel and his uncle beside him.
+
+"Looks familiar, doesn't it?" called out Roger, as they spun along the
+turnpike.
+
+"It certainly does!" answered Roger, and then he added, "What do you
+say to the old school song?"
+
+"Fine!" came back the answer, and then the senator's son commenced a
+song they all knew well, which was sung to the tune of "Auld Lang
+Syne." The girls knew the song, too, and readily joined in.
+
+ "Oak Hall we never shall forget,
+ No matter where we roam;
+ It is the very best of schools,
+ To us it's just like home!
+ Then give three cheers, and let them ring
+ Throughout this world so wide,
+ To let the people know that we
+ Elect to here abide!"
+
+Loud and clear over the cool air sounded the song, and it was sung
+several times. Then, just as the car rolled into the grounds of the
+school, the boys gave one of the Hall yells, and Dave honked the horn
+of the automobile loud and long.
+
+"Hello! It's the Porter crowd!"
+
+"Welcome to our city!"
+
+"How about Cave Island, Dave! Did you bring it with you?"
+
+"Heard you caught Jasniff and Merwell, Roger. Good for you!"
+
+"Say, Phil, you're as sunburnt as if you'd been to the seashore for a
+summer."
+
+So the talk ran on as half a dozen students flocked up to the car. The
+afternoon session was over, and despite the chilliness many lads were
+out on the campus. Many knew the girls--having met them at some
+athletic games and at a commencement--and those that did not were glad
+of a chance for an introduction.
+
+"I am real glad to see you back, boys," said Doctor Hasmer Clay, the
+head of the institution, as he appeared and shook hands. "Glad to see
+you, Mr. Porter, and also the young ladies," he added. "So you came
+all the way by automobile, eh? It must have been a delightful trip."
+
+"It was," answered Dave's uncle.
+
+All went inside, and the visitors were permitted to accompany Dave and
+his chums to their dormitory. The boys' baggage had already arrived,
+so it did not take the lads long to settle down.
+
+"And now we'll have to start back," said Dunston Porter, a little
+later. "Dave, take good care of yourself, and make a good record."
+
+"I'll do my best, Uncle Dunston."
+
+"And don't let that wild man get you," added Jessie, as she took his
+hand and allowed him to hold her own, perhaps longer than was
+necessary.
+
+"And don't forget to write," put in his sister.
+
+"Oh, I'll not forget that!" answered Dave, with a smile, both to his
+sister and to the girl whom he regarded so warmly.
+
+It was a trying moment--this parting--but it was soon over, and, with
+Dunston Porter at the wheel, and the girls and boys waving their
+hands, the touring car left the Oak Hall grounds, on its return
+journey to Crumville.
+
+"Well, here we are, as the pug dog said to the looking-glass, when he
+walked behind it to look for himself," remarked Phil, dropping into a
+chair.
+
+"I suppose it will take us a few days to get settled down," answered
+Dave, resting on the top of a table. "I don't feel much like unpacking
+yet, do you?"
+
+"No, let us wait until to-night or to-morrow," returned Roger,
+dropping on one of the beds. He was still thinking of how clear and
+deep Laura's eyes had appeared when she had said good-by to him.
+
+"I really hope you will not be homesick," said a girlish voice, and
+Bertram Vane, one of the students, appeared from the next room and sat
+down on a chair. "Homesickness is such an awfully cruel thing, don't
+you know."
+
+"No homesickness here, Polly," answered Dave. "I guess we are just
+tired out, that's all. We've done a lot of traveling since we left Oak
+Hall."
+
+"So I understand. Wasn't it dreadful that Jasniff and Merwell should
+prove such villains!" went on the girlish student. "Weren't you really
+afraid to--er--to touch them?"
+
+"Not much!" cried Phil. "I am only sorry Merwell got away."
+
+"But you got the diamonds, I heard?" put in Sam Day, who was another
+of the chums.
+
+"We did."
+
+At that moment came musical sounds from another room near by--the
+sounds of somebody strumming on a guitar.
+
+"Hello, there's Luke Watson!" cried Roger. "Hi, come in with that
+guitar and give us a tune, Luke!" he called out.
+
+"Thought I might cheer you up," said Luke, appearing. "How would you
+like me to play 'The Girl I Left Behind Me,' or something like that?"
+
+"Make it 'Oh, Those Eyes So Tender!'" suggested Buster.
+
+"Or else that beautiful ditty called, 'He Loved, But Had to Leave
+Her,'" suggested Shadow. "Say, that puts me in mind of a story," he
+went on. "This is true, too, though you may not believe it. A young
+man went to call on his best girl and took a bouquet of flowers along.
+The bouquet was done up in several thicknesses of tissue paper. Some
+of his friends who were jokers got hold of that bouquet and fixed it
+up for him. He gave it to the girl, and when she took off the tissue
+paper what do you suppose she found? A bunch of celery and some soup
+greens! He was so fussed up he didn't know what to say, and he got out
+in a hurry."
+
+"Hurrah for the chaps who fixed up the bouquet!" cried Phil. "But
+start up, Luke. Something in which we can all join."
+
+"But not too loud," cautioned Roger. "Old Haskers might not like----"
+
+"Oh, hang old Haskers!" interrupted Phil. "He can't----"
+
+"Sh-sh!" came from Dave, suddenly, and silence fell on the group of
+boys. All turned towards the doorway leading to the hall. There, on
+the threshold, stood the instructor just mentioned, Mr. Job Haskers.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+PHIL SHOWS HIS STUBBORNNESS
+
+
+Not one of the boys knew how to act or what to say. All wondered if
+Job Haskers had heard his name mentioned.
+
+If the ill-natured instructor had heard, he made no mention of it. He
+looked sharply about the apartment and waved his hand to Luke.
+
+"Watson, how many times have I told you that you make too much noise
+with your musical instruments?" he said, harshly. "You disturb the
+students who wish to study."
+
+"I thought this was the recreation hour, Mr. Haskers," answered the
+lad, who loved to play the guitar and banjo.
+
+"True, but I think we get altogether too much of your music," growled
+the instructor. He turned to Dave, Roger, and Phil. "So you are back
+at last. It is high time, if you wish to go on with your regular
+classes."
+
+"We told Doctor Clay that we would make up what we have missed, Mr.
+Haskers," answered Dave, in a gentle tone, for he knew how easy it
+was to start a quarrel with the man before him. As Phil had once said,
+Job Haskers was always walking around "with a chip on his shoulder."
+
+"And how soon will you make up the lessons in my class?" demanded the
+instructor.
+
+"I think I can do it inside of ten days or two weeks."
+
+"That won't suit me, Porter. You'll have to do better. I'll give each
+of you just a week--one week, understand? If you can't make the
+lessons up in that time I'll have to drop you to the next lower
+class."
+
+"Oh, Mr. Haskers!" burst out Roger. He knew what that meant only too
+well. They would not have a chance to graduate that coming June.
+
+"I'll not argue the point, Morr. I'll give you a week, starting
+to-morrow. When you come to the classroom I will show you just what
+you have to make up." Job Haskers looked around the room. "Now, then,
+remember, I want less noise here." And so speaking, he turned on his
+heel and walked away.
+
+For a moment there was silence, as the boys looked at each other and
+listened to the sounds of Mr. Haskers's retreating footsteps. Then
+Phil made a face and punched one of the bed pillows, savagely.
+
+"Now, wouldn't that make a saint turn in his grave?" he remarked.
+"Isn't he the real, kind, generous soul!"
+
+"He ought to be ducked in the river!" was Buster's comment. "Why, how
+can anybody make up the lessons you've missed in a week? It's absurd!
+Say, do you know what I'd do if I were you? I'd complain to the
+doctor."
+
+"So would I," added Sam Day. "Two weeks would be short enough."
+
+"I'll not complain to the doctor," returned Phil. "But I know what I
+will do," he added, quickly, as though struck by a sudden idea.
+
+"What?" came from several.
+
+"Never mind what. But I'll wager he'll give us more time."
+
+"I guess I know what you think of doing," said Dave. "But take my
+advice and don't, Phil."
+
+"Humph! I'll see about it, Dave. He isn't going to run such a thing as
+this up my back without a kick," grumbled the shipowner's son.
+
+"Well, wait first and see if he doesn't change his mind, or if we
+can't get through in the week," cautioned Dave.
+
+"What was Phil going to do?" questioned Luke, strumming lowly over the
+strings of his guitar.
+
+"Oh, don't let's talk about it," cried Dave, before Roger could speak.
+He did not wish the Mrs. Breen affair to become public property.
+"Tell us about the wild man, and all the other things that have
+happened here since we went away."
+
+"And you tell us all about Cave Island and those stolen jewels," said
+Buster.
+
+Thereafter the conversation became general, Dave and his chums telling
+of their quest of the Carwith diamonds, and the other students
+relating the particulars of a feast they had had in one of the
+dormitories, and of various efforts made to catch the so-called wild
+man.
+
+"I don't believe he is what one would call a wild man," said Ben
+Basswood, Dave's old chum from home, who had just come in from some
+experiments in the school laboratory. "He is simple-minded and very
+shy. He gets excited once in a while, like when he threw those
+mud-balls."
+
+"Well, you ought to know," remarked Buster. "Ben is the only fellow
+here who has talked to the man," he explained.
+
+"When was that, Ben?" questioned Dave.
+
+"That was when the man first appeared," answered the Crumville lad. "I
+didn't find out until yesterday that he was the wild man, and then it
+was because of that blue chalk he uses. I met him in the woods when I
+was out during that last snow, looking for rabbits with my shotgun. I
+came across him, sitting on a rock, looking at an old newspaper. He
+had some of the blue chalk in his hand and had marked a circle with a
+cross on the rock. He asked me where I was going, and told me to look
+out and not shoot a star, and then he asked me if I used chalk for
+powder, and said he could supply a superior brand of chalk cheap. I
+thought at first that he was merely joking, but I didn't like the look
+in his eyes, and then I made up my mind he was not right in his head,
+and I left him. When I came back that way, an hour later, he was gone,
+and I have never seen him since."
+
+"Where was this, Ben?"
+
+"Up in the woods, where the brook branches off by the two big rocks."
+
+"I know the spot!" cried Roger. "Say, maybe he hangs out around
+there."
+
+"No, we hunted around there yesterday, but he wasn't to be seen. I
+don't believe he has any settled place of abode, but just roams
+through the woods."
+
+"Poor fellow! Somebody ought to catch him and place him in a
+sanitarium," was Dave's comment.
+
+Various matters were talked over until the supper hour, and then the
+boys filed down to the dining-hall. Here our hero met more of his
+school chums, including Gus Plum, who had once been his enemy but who
+was now quite friendly, and little Chip Macklin, who in days gone by
+had been Plum's toady.
+
+"Very glad to see you back, Dave!" cried Gus. "And, say, you've
+certainly made a hero of yourself," he added, warmly.
+
+"It was great, what you and Roger and Phil did," added Chip, in deep
+admiration.
+
+Everybody was glad to see Dave back, and after supper it was all he
+could do to get away from many of his friends. But he managed it at
+last, and he, Roger, and Phil went upstairs, to put away their things
+and get out their schoolbooks.
+
+"We have got to study and that is all there is to it," said Dave,
+firmly. "Fun is one thing and getting ready to graduate is another. We
+have got to get down to the grind, boys."
+
+"That's right," answered the senator's son.
+
+"But don't forget what old Haskers said," grumbled Phil. "He'll make
+us sweat, just you wait and see!"
+
+"'Sufficient for the day is the evil thereof,'" quoted Dave. "I think
+we can get through if we buckle down hard."
+
+"Supposing Mr. Dale and the other teachers pin us down as old Haskers
+did?" demanded Phil.
+
+"They won't do it," declared our hero. "Take my word for it, Mr. Dale
+will give us a month, if we want it. I know him. And the others will
+do the same."
+
+"Well, maybe we can get through, if that's the case," said the
+shipowner's son, slowly. "Just the same, I think old Haskers the
+meanest man alive."
+
+The following morning, after a good night's rest, the boys went to
+their various classes. As Dave had predicted, Mr. Dale, the head
+teacher, treated them with all possible consideration, for he loved
+boys and understood them thoroughly. The other teachers were likewise
+very lenient.
+
+"Old Haskers is the one stumbling-block," said Roger. "Dave, maybe we
+had better see Doctor Clay about him."
+
+"Not much!" cried Phil. "We've got a club we can use on Haskers. Why
+not use it?"
+
+"You mean, go to him and tell him we know about that Mrs. Breen
+affair, and that we will expose him if he doesn't let up on us, Phil?"
+said Dave.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Do you think that is a--well, a gentlemanly thing to do?"
+
+"It's what old Haskers would do, if he was in our place."
+
+"Perhaps. But I'd rather not do it. Let my uncle's lawyer try to
+collect that money without our appearing in the case. We have had
+trouble enough in the past with Haskers. Let us buckle in and study
+up. I am sure we can get through," added Dave, earnestly.
+
+"All right," growled Phil; but his manner showed that he was not
+satisfied.
+
+Two days went by, and the boys settled down to the regular routine of
+the school. The lessons to be made up were exceedingly hard, and Dave
+found he had to study almost constantly to do what was required of
+him.
+
+"But I am going to make it!" he murmured, setting his teeth hard. "I
+am not going to disappoint the folks at home."
+
+One afternoon the three chums had a very hard lesson in Latin to do.
+It was a clear, sunshiny day and they had one of the windows wide open
+to let in the fresh air. Dave and Roger were bending over their books
+when they heard a sudden exclamation from Phil.
+
+"I'll be hanged if I'm going to do it!"
+
+And then of a sudden a Latin book was hurled across the room, to land
+on a bureau, just missing the glass.
+
+"Hello!" cried Dave, raising his head. "What's wrong now?"
+
+"I'm not going to do it!" cried Phil, stretching himself. "It's an
+outrage and I won't submit to it."
+
+"You mean this boning away for Haskers?" queried Roger.
+
+"Just that," answered the shipowner's son. "Why can't he treat us as
+fairly as the other teachers did? It wouldn't hurt him a bit to give
+us more time."
+
+"Phil, what's the use of talking it over again?" asked Dave. "I
+thought we had settled it once for all."
+
+"No, I won't stand it, I tell you," cried Phil, stubbornly. "He can't
+make a pack-mule of me."
+
+"Well, then, speak to the doctor about it," advised Roger.
+
+"I don't have to speak to the doctor," stormed Phil; and walking over
+to a rack, he caught up his cap and marched from the room.
+
+"He is certainly in a bad humor," was Dave's comment. "I am afraid
+he'll put his foot into it, Roger."
+
+"So am I. He's been aching to get back at old Haskers ever since he
+put all this studying up to us."
+
+"Do you know, Ben is just as angry at Haskers as Phil is?" went on our
+hero, after a pause, during which both had hoped that their close chum
+would return. But Phil had stalked down the stairs and out of the
+building.
+
+"Ben?"
+
+"Yes, so he told me this noon."
+
+"What about?"
+
+"Oh, Ben talked in class and old Haskers penalized him heavily--gave
+him a lot of extra Latin to do. It nearly broke Ben up."
+
+"You told Ben about that Breen affair, didn't you?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Maybe he and Phil will both go to Haskers about it."
+
+"I hope not, Roger. I don't think it is just the right thing to do--to
+use that as a club over Haskers to get him to let us off. I don't like
+that kind of dealing."
+
+"Neither do I. But it's just what such a mean-spirited fellow as
+Haskers deserves. He has never treated us squarely since we came here.
+I think this school would be a good deal better off without him, even
+if he is well educated."
+
+Dave heaved a deep sigh. He was on the point of replying, but changed
+his mind. He took up his book again, and soon was trying his best to
+study. Roger followed his example.
+
+But both boys made slow progress. Each was thinking about Phil. What
+would be the outcome of their headstrong chum's actions?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+PHIL AND BEN MAKE A MOVE
+So far Dave and Nat Poole had not met face to face. Our hero had seen
+the money-lender's son a number of times, but Nat had always been with
+some of his cronies and had, apparently, not taken any notice.
+
+But on the morning following the conversation just recorded, the pair
+came face to face in one of the narrow hallways.
+
+"Good-morning, Nat," said Dave, pleasantly.
+
+"Morning," grumbled the other student. He was about to pass Dave, but
+suddenly changed his mind. "So you got back, eh?"
+
+"Yes, I've been back several days."
+
+"I heard that Link Merwell got away from you?"
+
+"That is true."
+
+"Humph! If I had the chance to nab him that you had, I'd not let him
+get away."
+
+"We held Jasniff."
+
+"Maybe you let Merwell go on purpose," continued the money-lender's
+son, shrewdly.
+
+"Not at all, Nat. He gave us the slip, clean and clear."
+
+"Humph!" Nat paused for a moment. "I got word from my dad that you
+almost smashed him up on the road with your auto."
+
+"Hardly as bad as that."
+
+"He is going to make your uncle pay for the damage done."
+
+"It wasn't much."
+
+"It was enough. You want to be more careful with your car after this.
+You auto fellows seem to think you own the whole road."
+
+"What about your motor-boat, Nat?" asked Dave. He remembered how the
+money-lender's son had played more than one mean trick while running
+the craft.
+
+"Oh, my boat is all right, Dave Porter!" sniffed Nat; and then he
+moved on, with a scowl on his face.
+
+"The same old Nat," soliloquized our hero. "Too bad that he can't make
+himself a bit more agreeable."
+
+That day was a particularly trying one in the classroom. The lessons
+were unusually hard, and Dave had all he could do to pass, especially
+in those studies presided over by Professor Haskers. Roger made one
+miss in his Latin and poor Phil made several, while Ben Basswood's
+recitation was a complete failure.
+
+As was usual with him, Job Haskers was exceedingly dictatorial, and
+said some cutting things that brought the blood to Dave's face.
+
+"You must do much better than this, Porter and Morr," said the
+professor. "Otherwise I shall have to place you in the next lower
+class. You, Lawrence and Basswood, have failed so utterly that I will
+have to take your cases under immediate consideration. The class is
+dismissed."
+
+"The old bear!" growled Ben, under his breath.
+
+He looked inquiringly at Phil, and the latter nodded knowingly.
+
+Dave did not know what to do. He did not wish Phil and Ben to get into
+further trouble, yet he did not know how to interfere. Besides, he was
+suffering himself and hardly knew what to do on his own account.
+
+"This is the worst yet," cried Roger, as he and our hero came out of
+the classroom side by side.
+
+"There go Phil and Ben," returned Dave. "Roger, they have got some
+plan up their sleeve."
+
+"I believe you, Dave. I wish I knew what to do. Shall we go to Doctor
+Clay?"
+
+"I've been thinking of that, Roger. But I hate to do it. I'd rather
+fight my own battles."
+
+"So would I."
+
+"Let us wait until to-morrow and see if things don't take a turn for
+the better."
+
+"All right, just as you say. But it's a shame, the way old Haskers
+treats us," grumbled the senator's son.
+
+In the meantime Phil and Ben had gone on ahead. Both were exceeding
+angry and consequently not in a frame of mind to use their best
+judgment.
+
+"It's an outrage!" burst out the shipowner's son. "An outrage, Ben! I
+am not going to stand for it!"
+
+"Well, I am with you, Phil," returned Ben. "But what can we do?"
+
+"You know what I spoke about last evening?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"How about doing that?"
+
+"I am with you, if you are game."
+
+"Of course we may make old Haskers tearing mad."
+
+"We'll only face him with the truth, won't we?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Then, let us do it. And the sooner the better."
+
+"Yes, but we must see him alone."
+
+"Of course. I think we can manage it just before supper--when he goes
+up to his room to fix up for the evening."
+
+The two chums talked the affair over for a long time.
+
+"I don't suppose Dave will like this," ventured Ben, presently. "What
+do you think?"
+
+"He isn't hit as hard as we are," answered Phil, lamely. "If he
+was--well, he might look at things in a different light."
+
+"That's so," answered Ben. But deep down in his heart he was afraid
+that our hero would not altogether approve of what he and Phil
+proposed to do.
+
+The boys took a walk, and purposely kept out of the way of Dave and
+Roger. They did not return to the Hall until fifteen minutes before
+the first bell for supper. Then they came in by a side entrance and
+passed swiftly up the stairs and along the hallway to the room
+occupied by Job Haskers.
+
+"Who is it?" asked the teacher, sharply, when Phil had knocked.
+
+"Mr. Haskers, it is Phil Lawrence," was the reply. "Ben Basswood is
+with me. We wish to see you."
+
+"Ah, indeed!" said the teacher, coldly. "You come to me at an unusual
+hour. You may see me to-morrow, before class."
+
+"Mr. Haskers, we wish very much to see you now," put in Ben.
+
+"We have got to see you," added Phil, warmly.
+
+There was no immediate reply to this. The boys heard Job Haskers
+moving around the room and heard him shut a bureau. Then the door was
+flung open.
+
+"You insist upon seeing me, eh?" demanded the professor, harshly.
+
+"We do, Mr. Haskers," returned Phil, boldly.
+
+"Very well, young gentlemen; step in." And Job Haskers glared at the
+boys as he stood aside for them to enter.
+
+"We came to see you, sir, about those Latin lessons," went on Phil,
+finding it just then difficult to speak. He realized that Job Haskers
+was in no humor for being lenient.
+
+"Well?" shot out the professor.
+
+"We feel that we are not being treated fairly," put in Ben, believing
+he should not make Phil do all the talking.
+
+"Not treated fairly? I believe I am the best judge of that,
+Basswood."
+
+"Mr. Haskers, I hate to say it, but you are a hard-hearted man!" cried
+out Phil, the door being closed, so that no outsider might hear. "You
+are not giving us a fair chance. The other teachers have given me and
+Dave Porter and Roger Morr several weeks in which to make up those
+lessons we missed while we were away. You wish to give us only a
+week."
+
+"And you didn't give me a fair chance to make up," added Ben.
+
+"See here, who is master here, you or I?" demanded Job Haskers,
+drawing himself up. "Boys, you are impudent! I will not stand it!"
+
+"Yes, you will stand it," cried Phil, throwing caution to the winds.
+"All we ask is a fair deal, and you have got to give it to us. We'll
+make up those lessons, if you'll give us a fair amount of time. I
+don't intend to be put in a lower class for nothing."
+
+"And I'm not going to stand it either," came from Ben.
+
+"Ha! this to me?" snarled Job Haskers. "Take care, or I'll have you
+dismissed from the Hall!"
+
+"If you try it, it will be the worst day's work you ever did, Mr.
+Haskers," warned the shipowner's son.
+
+"What, you threaten me?"
+
+"We are going to make you give us a fair chance, that is all. And if
+you'll do that, we'll give you a fair chance."
+
+"Why, why--you--you----" The irate instructor knew not for the moment
+how to proceed.
+
+"Mr. Haskers, I think you had better listen to me," pursued Phil.
+
+"I have listened to all I care to hear."
+
+"Oh, no, you haven't. There is much more--and you had better listen
+closely--if you care at all for your reputation here at Oak Hall."
+
+The professor stared at the boy and grew a trifle pale.
+
+"Wha--what do you--er--mean by that, Lawrence?"
+
+"I hate very much to bring this subject up, Mr. Haskers, but you
+practically compel me to do it. If you will only promise to give us a
+fair chance to make up our lessons, I won't say a word about it."
+
+"Just what do you mean?" faltered the teacher.
+
+"I know something about your doings in the past--doings which are of
+no credit to you. If you disgrace Ben and me by degrading us in
+classes, we'll disgrace you by telling all we know."
+
+"And what do you know?" demanded Job Haskers, hastily.
+
+"We know a good deal," put in Ben.
+
+"All about your dealing with the poor widow, Mrs. Breen," added the
+shipowner's son. "How you still owe her for board, and how you
+borrowed money to publish a book that was never issued."
+
+"Who told you that?" cried Job Haskers, stepping back in
+consternation. "Who told you that I had borrowed money from her, and
+that I owed her for board?"
+
+"Never mind who told us," said Ben. "We know it is true."
+
+"And you went to that lawyer, eh?" stormed Professor Haskers. "You
+got him to threaten a suit, didn't you? I got his letter only this
+afternoon."
+
+"We went to no lawyer," answered Phil.
+
+"I know better! I see it all now! You want to get me into trouble--to
+disgrace me here!" Job Haskers began to pace the floor. "It is--er--a
+mistake. I meant to pay that lady but it--er--slipped my mind. And the
+book has been issued, but the publishers have not--er--seen fit to
+push it, that is why you and the world at large have not heard of
+it."
+
+"Mr. Haskers, we haven't told anybody about this," went on Phil,
+pointedly. "You can settle with that lawyer, whoever he may be,--and
+we'll not say a word to anybody--that is, providing you'll give us a
+fair chance in our lessons."
+
+"Ha! maybe you wish me to pass you without an examination," cried the
+teacher, cunningly.
+
+"No, sir!" answered Phil, stoutly.
+
+"We simply ask for more time, that is all," added Ben. "We don't ask
+any favor. We can make up the lessons if you will give us as much time
+as the other teachers would give us."
+
+"You have not told anybody of this--this--er--affair of Mrs. Breen?"
+
+"No."
+
+"It is all a mistake, but I should not like it to get abroad. It would
+hurt my reputation a great deal. I shall settle the matter in the
+near future. I do not owe that lady as much as the lawyer says I
+do,--but that is not your affair." Job Haskers continued to pace the
+floor. "Now about your lessons," he continued, after a pause. "If
+I--er--thought that I had really been too hard on you----" He paused.
+
+"You certainly have been hard," said Phil.
+
+"And if you really need more time----"
+
+"Give us two weeks more and we'll be all right," put in Ben.
+
+"And if--er--if I should decide to do that, you will--er----"
+
+"We'll make good--and keep our mouths shut," finished Phil.
+
+"Very well. I will think it over, young gentlemen, and let you know
+to-morrow morning, before class. And in the meantime----"
+
+"We won't say a word to anybody," said Ben, with a little grin.
+
+"So be it;" and Job Haskers bowed. "There is the supper-bell. You may
+go now. Come to me just before class to-morrow," he added; and then
+the two students passed out of the room, and the teacher shut the door
+after them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+AN UNUSUAL COMPACT
+
+
+"He'll do it--he is bound to do it!" cried Ben, as he and Phil hurried
+down to the dining-room.
+
+"I think so myself, Ben," answered the shipowner's son. But, for some
+reason, he did not seem as joyful over the outcome of the interview as
+might have been expected.
+
+"He won't dare let this news become public property," went on the
+other student. "He is too afraid of public opinion."
+
+"Ben, he thinks we got that lawyer to take the case up."
+
+"You told him we hadn't."
+
+"But he didn't believe it--I could tell that by his manner. And, Ben,
+do you know, after all, this looks to me as if we had, somehow, bribed
+him to be easy on us," continued Phil, with added concern.
+
+"Oh, don't bother your head about that, Phil. We only asked for what
+is fair, didn't we?"
+
+"Yes, but----" And then the shipowner's son did not finish, because
+he did not know what to say. In some manner, Phil's conscience
+troubled him, and he wondered what Dave and Roger would say when they
+heard of what had occurred.
+
+During the meal that followed but little was said by any of the boys.
+Once or twice our hero looked at Phil, but the latter avoided his
+gaze. As soon as the repast was over, Phil rushed outside, followed by
+Ben; and that was the last seen of the pair until it was time to go to
+bed.
+
+"They have been up to something, that is certain," was the comment of
+the senator's son.
+
+"Well, we can only wait and see what turns up," answered Dave,
+thoughtfully. "I don't think I care to ask them."
+
+In the morning, when Dave got up he looked over to where Phil was in
+the habit of sleeping. The bed was empty, and the shipowner's son was
+gone.
+
+"Dressed half an hour ago," said another of the dormitory inmates.
+
+"Went off again with Ben, I'll wager," murmured Roger. Ben was in
+another room, across the hallway, that term.
+
+Dave and Roger had been hard at work the evening before, doing their
+best to make up the lessons they had missed while away from the
+school. They doubted if Phil and Ben had studied at all. With
+considerable curiosity they awaited the opening of the morning
+classes, to see what might happen. They felt that something was "in
+the air."
+
+Just before the last bell rang Phil and Ben appeared, their faces
+wreathed in smiles.
+
+"It's all right, fellows!" cried the shipowner's son, merrily. "It's
+all right!"
+
+"Now we can take our time making up those missed lessons," added Ben.
+
+"You went to old Haskers?" queried Roger.
+
+"We sure did," answered the shipowner's son.
+
+"And told him about----" began our hero.
+
+"Never mind what we told him, Dave," interrupted Phil. "We did tell
+him that we wanted to make up the lessons but couldn't do it in the
+time he had allotted. He argued it, at first, but now he has agreed to
+give us the same time Mr. Dale did, three weeks."
+
+"Good!" exclaimed Roger.
+
+"You, or all of us?" asked our hero.
+
+"All of us. I think he'll speak to you at recess--he said he would."
+
+"What did he say when you--when you mentioned Mrs. Breen?" asked
+Roger.
+
+"Hush, somebody might hear you!" returned Phil, in a whisper. "We have
+promised to keep that quiet."
+
+"But the poor woman----" began Dave.
+
+"Will get her money, never fear. A lawyer has already written about
+it, and old Haskers says he will pay up. He claims it is all a
+mistake. But he doesn't want anybody at Oak Hall to get wind of it."
+
+There was no time to say more, and evidently neither Phil nor Ben felt
+in the humor to discuss the affair. The early morning lesson proceeded
+as usual, but it was noticed that Professor Haskers was much subdued
+in his manner towards the students.
+
+"Porter and Morr, I wish to speak to you at recess," said he, coming
+down to where the two lads sat. "Kindly remain here."
+
+When the other students had left the classroom the instructor came to
+our hero and his chum and motioned for them to follow him to a private
+room close by.
+
+"I wish to speak to you about the lessons you are to make up," said
+Job Haskers, after clearing his throat several times. "I understand
+that you want more time."
+
+"We would like to have more time, yes," answered Dave, briefly, and
+looking the teacher full in the face.
+
+"Can you do the lessons in three weeks?"
+
+"Yes, Mr. Haskers," said Dave, and Roger nodded his head.
+
+"Then you can take that much time. But, remember, I shall expect you
+to--to--er--to make up the lessons."
+
+"Yes, sir," came from both students.
+
+"If you need more time--or any assistance--possibly I can arrange it,"
+went on Job Haskers, eagerly.
+
+"Thank you, if you give me three weeks I am sure I can make up the
+lessons to your satisfaction, Mr. Haskers," came from our hero.
+
+"And so can I," added the senator's son. "Anyway, I'll try my level
+best."
+
+"Very well, then, we will let it stand that way." There was a pause
+and the instructor bit his lip several times. "By the way,
+I--er--understand that there is a very unpleasant rumor going around
+concerning me," he proceeded. "It is all a mistake which I shall try
+to clear up without delay. I trust that you will not attempt
+to--er--to circulate that rumor any further."
+
+"Mr. Haskers, do you mean about that affair with Mrs. Breen?" demanded
+Dave, bluntly.
+
+"Yes. I have already explained to Lawrence and Basswood that it is a
+mistake, and that the widow will be paid all that is due her. But if
+this should--er--be mentioned here----" The teacher stopped short and
+looked sharply at Dave and Roger.
+
+"Mr. Haskers, let us understand each other," answered Dave, quickly.
+"I have no desire whatever to get you or anybody else into trouble.
+Nor do I want to ask you for any favors. I think we are justly
+entitled to more time in which to make up those lessons, and now that
+you have granted that time, I shall do my best to make good. As for
+that Mrs. Breen affair, I think that poor old lady ought to have her
+money. I understand some lawyer is going to try to collect it for her.
+Well, if you settle the matter I shall feel very glad; and you can
+rest assured that I will not say a word about the matter to anybody in
+this school, or anywhere else."
+
+"You--er--you give me your word on that, Porter?" demanded the
+instructor, eagerly.
+
+"I do."
+
+"And you, Morr?"
+
+"Yes, sir," answered the senator's son.
+
+"Who else is there who knows about this--er--unpleasant affair?"
+
+"Phil Lawrence and Ben Basswood," answered Roger.
+
+"No other students?"
+
+"Not that I know of."
+
+"Very well, then." Job Haskers drew a breath of relief. "See that you
+keep your word. And about the lessons--if three weeks are not long
+enough, I may--er--be able to give you a little more time."
+
+"That time will be enough," replied Dave.
+
+"We'll make it with ease," added Roger.
+
+"Then that is settled, and you may go," and so speaking, Job Haskers
+left the room. The two boys followed him, and went out on the campus.
+
+"How did you make out?" questioned Phil, as he ran up to them.
+
+"We got our time," answered Roger.
+
+"But let me tell you one thing," said Dave. "After this Haskers is
+going to hate us worse than ever."
+
+"I don't see why," declared the shipowner's son. "I think we are
+letting him off mighty easy."
+
+"He feels as if he had been forced into doing what we want," went on
+Dave. "I think he looks at it as if you had used that Mrs. Breen
+incident as a club over him."
+
+"Well, it was a club in one sense, Dave."
+
+"I know it, Phil, and, although I am glad we have won out and gotten
+that extra time, still I am sorry that you and Ben went to him as you
+did."
+
+"Humph! did you think I was going to sit still and be put back into a
+lower class?"
+
+"Maybe it might have been better if you had gone to Doctor Clay."
+
+"I don't think so," replied Phil, shortly; and then the school-bell
+rang again and all the boys had to go to their next classes.
+
+In spite of the cloud that thus hung over the affair, every one of
+the chums was glad of the extra time in which to make up the lost
+lessons. Not one of them had to grind away as hard as before, and Dave
+took a little time off, in which to send a letter to his father and
+another to Jessie.
+
+The next day was warm and pleasant and, after school-hours, Roger
+proposed to Dave that they take a walk up the woods road back of the
+school.
+
+"All right, a walk in the woods will do us good," was the answer.
+"Shall we ask some of the others?"
+
+"If you wish," and in the end Phil went along, and also Buster Beggs
+and Gus Plum.
+
+"My, but I had a run-in with old Haskers this afternoon," said the
+stout youth. "I came close to carrying the matter to the doctor."
+
+"What was it about?" questioned Dave.
+
+"Oh, nothing at all, to my way of thinking. I went to the library to
+get a book and he accused me of wasting my class time. He was very
+ugly. I won't stand for much more of it," grumbled Buster.
+
+Dave said no more, but he and Roger exchanged glances. Evidently the
+irate instructor was going to "take it out of somebody," as the saying
+goes.
+
+The boys walked on and on, along the road, until Oak Hall was left far
+behind. Soon Buster forgot his troubles, and the crowd were chatting
+gayly of many things.
+
+"Call for candidates for the baseball team next Saturday," announced
+Gus Plum. "I hope we get up a team this year that knocks the spots out
+of Rockville Military Academy and all the other institutions we cross
+bats with."
+
+"Are you going to try for the nine this term, Gus?" questioned Dave.
+
+"Sure! Why not? You'll try, won't you?" went on the big youth, in
+surprise.
+
+"No, I've decided not to go into athletics this term, Gus. I want to
+give all my time to my studies."
+
+"Yes, but the nine needs you, Dave!" put in Buster. "I heard some of
+the fellows talking about it only yesterday. They had you slated for
+your old position."
+
+"Well, if Gus wants to play, he can fill the box," answered Dave.
+
+"But we need more than one pitcher," insisted Buster.
+
+"There are plenty of new students coming along. I hear Thomas is a
+good one, and so is Ennis."
+
+"I'm not going to play, either," said Roger. "I want to graduate with
+all the honors possible."
+
+"How about you, Phil?"
+
+"I--I think I'll play," answered the shipowner's son, rather lamely.
+"I'll see about it later."
+
+"Well, I don't want to neglect my studies," said Gus Plum. "But I have
+done some hard work this winter and so I am pretty well ahead. I
+didn't lose time going to Cave Island, you know," he added, with a
+smile.
+
+"Well, it was worth it--losing that time," answered Dave. "It saved
+Mr. Wadsworth from ruin, and that's a good deal."
+
+"If the baseball nine----" commenced Buster, and then broke off short.
+"What was that?" he demanded, as a cry from a distance broke on the
+ears of all.
+
+"It's a woman's voice!" cried Dave, quickly. "She is calling for help!
+Come on and see what is the matter!" And he started off on a run, with
+his school chums at his heels.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE KING OF SUMATRA
+
+
+The boys had been traveling along a broad highway that ran to a town
+on the other side of the woods. The trees were thick and so were the
+bushes, with here and there a big rock, covered with the dead vines of
+the summer previous.
+
+At one point some distance ahead was an old stone house, standing
+where another road ran in the direction of the river. This house had
+not been inhabited for years, and the doors and windows were gone, and
+the falling of the chimney had smashed in a large portion of the
+sloping roof.
+
+It was from in front of the old house that the cries for assistance
+came, and now the boys heard two voices, both somewhat girlish in
+tones.
+
+"Oh, let me go! Please, let me go!" came, wildly.
+
+"You have no right to touch us!" was added, in another voice.
+
+"What's the matter?" called out Dave, as loudly as he could. But in
+his mind there had already flashed an inkling of what was going on.
+For some time past the wild man of that locality had not shown
+himself. Now, perhaps, he was again at his old tricks.
+
+"Oh, make him go away!" screamed a girlish voice, and then, as our
+hero made a turn of the road, he caught sight of two girls standing
+near the old stone house. Back of them was another figure, that of a
+tall, powerful man, but this figure disappeared as if by magic, behind
+the ancient building.
+
+"Why, Miss Rockwell!" exclaimed Dave, as he recognized a young lady
+from town whom he knew well. "And you, too, Miss Feversham! What is
+the matter?"
+
+"That man--the wild man!" panted Vera Rockwell. "He--he--stopped us!"
+
+"He wanted our purses!" added Mary Feversham, the other young lady.
+
+"Where is he?" asked Roger and Phil, in a breath.
+
+"He just ran behind the house--I saw him," answered Dave. "Did he hurt
+you any?" he went on, anxiously, for he and Vera and Mary were good
+friends.
+
+"No, but he--he scared us so!"
+
+"Let us go after him!" put in Phil, quickly. He had taken Mary
+Feversham out a number of times and the two were well acquainted.
+"Come on!" and he started around the house.
+
+All of the others were not slow to follow. Behind the building they
+came upon a mass of weeds and bushes and in their midst the remains of
+an old well, long since caved in. What had once been a path led to the
+side road before mentioned.
+
+"That's the way he must have gone--down the side road!" cried the
+shipowner's son.
+
+"Supposing we see if we can catch him?" suggested Dave. "But somebody
+ought to go back, and stay with the girls," he added thoughtfully.
+
+"I'll go back," answered Phil. He was only too glad of a chance to
+talk to Mary, not having seen her for a long time.
+
+"If that fellow comes back, whistle for us," advised Roger.
+
+Dave was already on the side road with Buster and Gus beside him, and
+the senator's son quickly followed.
+
+"Don't go too fast or I--I can't ke--keep up with you!" panted
+Buster.
+
+"Do you see anything of him, Dave?" queried Roger.
+
+"Not yet, but there is a turn just ahead. When we make that we'll be
+able to see almost to the river."
+
+All of the students sped on, the stout lad doing his best to keep up
+with the others. They reached the turn with Dave a step or two in
+advance.
+
+"There he is!"
+
+"I see him! Say, he's wild-looking enough!"
+
+"He is making for the river!"
+
+"We ought to be able to catch him. We are four to one."
+
+Dave and Roger pressed forward with increased speed and poor Buster
+fell somewhat behind.
+
+"I'm coming as fa--fast as I ca--can!" blurted out the fat youth. "Go
+on--I'll get there sooner or later!"
+
+"Pick up a stick, if you see one," cried Dave, to Roger and Gus. "We
+may have a hot fight on our hands. That man ought to be in jail, or in
+an asylum."
+
+As they sped along, the three kept their eyes open and each presently
+armed himself with a fair-sized club. The wild man was running like a
+deer, pausing occasionally to turn and brandish his long arms at them
+savagely. They could see that his clothing was in tatters and that his
+hair and beard were long and unkempt.
+
+"Hi! stop!" called out Dave, although he had but little hope of
+causing the man to halt. "We want to talk to you."
+
+"Go back! Beware! Go back, or it will be the worse for you!" called
+the wild man. "Leave the King of Sumatra alone!"
+
+"The King of Sumatra?" repeated Roger. "Say, he's crazy sure enough,
+to imagine himself that!"
+
+The boys continued after the wild man and urged him to stop. But
+instead of heeding them, he ran on the faster.
+
+"He's an athlete, when it comes to running," remarked Dave, as he
+tried in vain to get closer to the man.
+
+"They say crazy people are always strong," answered the senator's
+son.
+
+"I've go--got to gi--give up!" panted Gus, and came to a halt.
+"Go--got a pa--pain in my side!" And he put his hand over his hip.
+
+"All right, we'll manage alone!" cried Roger. "I don't think we can
+catch that fellow anyway," he added, half under his breath.
+
+Another turn of the woodland road brought the Leming River into plain
+view, at a point where the stream was both wide and deep. The wild man
+kept sprinting along and it was impossible for the boys to draw any
+closer to him.
+
+"Shall we threaten to shoot him if he won't stop?" asked Roger.
+Neither of the lads carried firearms.
+
+[Illustration: "STOP!" CRIED DAVE.--_Page 87._]
+
+"No, he might do some shooting on his own account,--if he is armed.
+Come on, he may fall, or something like that."
+
+Inside of three minutes more the wild man gained the shore of the
+river and disappeared around a point of rocks and brushwood.
+
+"Be careful, Dave," warned Roger. "He may spring out at you with a
+club."
+
+"I've got my eyes open," was the ready reply.
+
+Both advanced with caution, and soon came up to the nearest of the
+rocks. With clubs ready for use, the two youths continued to move
+forward. Then they came to a sudden halt. The wild man was no longer
+in sight. What had become of him?
+
+"Maybe he ran into the woods," suggested Roger.
+
+"Perhaps, but--hark!" And our hero held up his hand. From a distance
+came a scraping sound, like something sliding over a rock.
+
+"Look!" called out the senator's son. "He's got a boat! There he
+goes!"
+
+Dave turned in the direction pointed out by his chum. Both saw a small
+rowboat sweep out from under some brushwood. In it stood the wild man,
+using an oar as a pole on the rocks.
+
+"Stop!" cried Dave. "Stop, or you may be sorry for it."
+
+"You can't catch the King of Sumatra!" yelled the wild man, and
+flourished his arms and made a hideous face at them. Then he sat down
+on the middle seat of the craft, placed the oars in the rowlocks, and
+commenced to row rapidly down the stream.
+
+"Well, that's the end of the chase," remarked Dave, in some disgust.
+
+"That's right, since we haven't any boat," returned Roger. "Wonder
+where he got that craft? I don't think he bought it."
+
+"It isn't likely. Probably he saw it somewhere along the river and
+simply appropriated it." And this proved to be true.
+
+The boys watched the wild man until a bend of the stream hid rower and
+craft from view. Then they turned back in the direction of the old
+stone house.
+
+"Did you get him?" demanded Buster, who was waiting with Gus at the
+point where he had dropped out of the race.
+
+"No," answered Roger, and told why.
+
+"He sure is a cute one," went on the stout youth. "Say, if they don't
+catch him soon, he'll have this whole neighborhood scared to death."
+
+The students soon reached the old house. Here they found the two girls
+and Phil, the latter with a heavy stick in his hand, ready for any
+emergency. The girls had calmed down a little, but were still much
+agitated.
+
+"We were to come home in my uncle's carriage," said Mary Feversham.
+"But the horse got a lame foot and so we decided to walk. We had heard
+of the wild man, but did not think we would meet him. Oh, it was
+dreadful!"
+
+"He didn't hurt you, did he?" asked Dave.
+
+"Oh, no, but he frightened us so! He danced around us and caught us by
+the arms, and he wanted us to give him money! Oh, it was dreadful!"
+
+"He ought to be in an asylum," said Dave. And then he and Roger
+related how the wild man had escaped.
+
+"I sha'n't go out alone again," said Vera Rockwell. "That is, not
+until that man is captured."
+
+"We'll take you both home," said Phil, promptly, looking at Mary.
+
+"But we don't want to keep you from what you were going to do," said
+Vera.
+
+"Oh, we were only out for a walk," replied Dave. "We'll walk to town
+with you. Maybe we'll hear something more of this strange fellow."
+
+All turned back on the road that led close to Oak Hall, and after
+discussing the wild man from various points of view, the conversation
+turned to other matters. The girls told of what they had been doing
+during the past holidays and asked the boys about themselves.
+
+"I heard that that horrid Jasniff is under arrest," said Vera to
+Dave. "I am glad of it. It is a pity that Merwell got away."
+
+"Perhaps," answered our hero. "But, somehow, I sometimes think that
+Link Merwell will turn over a new leaf."
+
+Vera looked back, to make sure that none of the others were near.
+
+"Just like Mr. Plum, I suppose you mean," she whispered. "Oh, it was
+splendid, what you did for him, Dave!"
+
+"Oh, I didn't do much for Gus."
+
+"My brother thinks you did. He heard the whole story. It was brave and
+noble of you, it was indeed!" And Vera's face showed her earnestness.
+
+"Well, Gus has turned out a nice fellow. I wish Merwell would turn out
+as good."
+
+"But he helped to take those jewels."
+
+"That is true--and that will always be a black mark against him," said
+Dave, soberly.
+
+Soon all reached the outskirts of Oakdale and there, at one of the
+corners, the boys left the girls.
+
+"Pretty late!" cried Gus Plum, consulting the watch he carried. "We'll
+have to hike back lively, if we don't want to be marked up for
+tardiness."
+
+"We can get an excuse, if we tell about the wild man," said Buster.
+"I've hurried all I'm going to."
+
+"We'll certainly have a yarn to spin when we get back to the school,"
+was Phil's comment.
+
+At the entrance to the campus the boys, who were a little late, met
+the first assistant to Doctor Clay. As my old readers know Mr. Dale
+was as pleasant as Job Haskers was disagreeable.
+
+"Had a fine walk, boys?" he asked, with a smile.
+
+"We had an adventure," answered Dave, and then he and his chums told
+what it was.
+
+"Well! well! that wild man again," mused the instructor. "This is
+getting truly serious. I was hoping he would leave this neighborhood.
+And so he calls himself the King of Sumatra? That is strange."
+
+"It certainly is strange," answered Dave.
+
+But how strange, our hero was still to find out.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+NAT POOLE WANTS TO KNOW
+
+
+That evening Dave was on his way to the school library, to consult a
+certain work of reference, when he ran into another student who
+suddenly grasped him by the shoulder. It was rather dark where the
+pair confronted each other, and for the instant our hero did not
+recognize the fellow.
+
+"What do you want?"
+
+"I want to speak to you for a minute, Dave Porter," said the other, in
+a voice that trembled a trifle.
+
+"Oh, it's you, Nat," answered Dave, as he recognized the son of the
+Crumville money-lender. "What do you want?" He rather imagined that
+the youth wished to pick another quarrel with him.
+
+"I--I want to talk in private with you," returned Nat, and looked
+around, to see if anybody else was near.
+
+"What about?"
+
+"You were out walking this afternoon and met that wild man, so I
+heard."
+
+"That is true."
+
+"You tried to catch him, didn't you?"
+
+"Yes, Roger Morr, Buster Beggs, Gus Plum, and I did our best to collar
+him, but he was too fast for us. He ran down to the river, got into a
+rowboat, and rowed away."
+
+"So I heard. And I heard something else," continued the boy from
+Crumville. "When you called to the man to stop he answered back,
+didn't he?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Will you please tell me what he said?" And Nat's voice had an eager
+ring in it.
+
+"He told us to beware and go back, or we'd get into trouble."
+
+"Didn't he say something more than that?"
+
+"Oh, yes, a great deal more."
+
+"He called himself something, didn't he?"
+
+"Yes. Look here, Nat, what is this to you? Why are you so interested?"
+queried Dave, for he could easily perceive that the other youth was
+more than ordinarily anxious to know the particulars of what had
+occurred.
+
+"I--I--want to--er--know, that's all. Did he call himself anything?"
+
+"Yes; he thinks he is the King of Sumatra."
+
+"He called himself that?" asked Nat, with increased excitement.
+
+"Yes, two or three times. But see here, Nat----"
+
+"Will you please tell me how he looked? Was he tall and rather thin?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"And what kind of hair did he have?"
+
+"Brownish-red, as near as I could make out, and very long. And he had
+rather a long beard and a large nose," went on our hero.
+
+At this brief but accurate description of the wild man, Nat Poole
+paled a trifle and uttered something of a gasp.
+
+"Whe--where did he go?" he faltered.
+
+"He rowed down the river just as fast as he could. I don't know how
+far he went, for the bend hid him from view," answered our hero. "Say,
+Nat, do you think you know that man?"
+
+"Why--er--know him? Of course I don't know him," was the stammered-out
+reply. "But I--I think--maybe--I've met him." And then, to avoid
+further questioning, Nat Poole hurried away. Our hero could do nothing
+but stare after him.
+
+"That is mighty queer," mused Dave, as he turned into the library to
+consult the reference book. "If Nat doesn't know the man, why was he
+so anxious? He acted scared to death when I said the fellow called
+himself the King of Sumatra."
+
+Dave remained in the school library for a half an hour and then joined
+Phil, Roger, and the others in Dormitory Number Twelve. He found the
+students discussing a talk Roger had had with Nat Poole only a few
+minutes before.
+
+"Nat called me out in the hallway," said the senator's son. "He wanted
+to know all about that wild man, and he wanted to make dead certain
+that he had called himself the King of Sumatra."
+
+"That is certainly queer--on top of what happened to me," said Dave,
+and told of the interview he had had.
+
+"Well, this is a puzzle," declared Phil, slowly. "What do you make of
+it, Dave?"
+
+"I think Nat imagines he knows the wild man."
+
+"That's the way it looks to me," added the senator's son.
+
+"Say, you don't suppose that wild man has anything to do with the
+fellows Nat used to train with--Jasniff, Merwell, and that crowd?"
+questioned Buster.
+
+"It's possible, but I don't think so," returned our hero. "He is
+surely a crazy individual, and as nobody around here seems to know
+him, he must be a stranger to these parts."
+
+"But what would make Nat so interested?" asked little Chip Macklin.
+
+"Give it up," answered Roger.
+
+"Maybe he has something to tell, but won't tell it to us," ventured
+Phil. "He may go right to the doctor."
+
+But if Nat Poole went to the master of Oak Hall, or to anybody else at
+that institution, the boys did not hear of it. He asked no more
+questions about the wild man, and when any of our friends came near
+him he immediately walked away, thus avoiding an interview.
+
+The proposed meeting of the athletic committee of Oak Hall was held on
+Saturday afternoon in the gymnasium and was well attended. An even
+twenty names had been put up for the regular baseball nine of the
+institution. Of these names, fifteen belonged to old students and five
+were those of newcomers to Oak Hall. As he had said he would do, Gus
+Plum had handed in his name, and so had Sam Day and some of our other
+friends. But Dave, Phil, and Roger were conspicuous by their absence.
+
+"See here, Porter, you're going to play, aren't you?" asked the former
+manager.
+
+"No," answered Dave, quietly but firmly.
+
+"Why not?"
+
+"Well, in the first place, I have too many back lessons to make up,
+and in the second place, I hope to graduate this coming June, and I
+want to make a record for myself, if possible."
+
+"But you can do that and play on the nine, too," urged the manager.
+
+"I don't think so. I'd like to play," continued our hero, wistfully,
+"but I don't see how I can."
+
+"This isn't fair, Porter. We really need you."
+
+"Oh, it isn't as bad as that," returned Dave, with a faint smile.
+"You've got Gus Plum to pitch, and some of the others. There are
+plenty of good ball-players here this term."
+
+"I don't know about that," answered the manager, with a grave shake of
+his head. "I wish you'd come in."
+
+"Not this year," said Dave; and then the two separated.
+
+Phil and Roger were likewise urged to try for the nine, but they
+followed Dave's example. Then a tentative nine was formed, with Gus
+Plum as pitcher, and also a "scrub" nine, with one of the newcomers to
+Oak Hall in the box. Practice was to start on Wednesday afternoon of
+the following week.
+
+"Too bad we couldn't take part," sighed the shipowner's son. "I'd like
+to wallop the Rockville Military Academy fellows just once more!"
+
+"Well, we can't have everything," answered Dave. "I want to graduate
+with the highest possible honors, and that means plenty of hard
+boning."
+
+"And a fellow can't bone and play ball, too," added Roger.
+
+"We might--if old Haskers would be easy on us," murmured the
+shipowner's son.
+
+"Now, see here, Phil," said Dave, almost sternly. "Don't ask Haskers
+for any more favors. He has done all that can reasonably be expected
+of him."
+
+"All right, just as you say," grumbled Phil. But his manner showed
+that he was not altogether satisfied.
+
+A week went by, and Dave and his chums applied themselves diligently
+to their studies. During that time nothing more was heard of the wild
+man, and the excitement concerning that strange individual again died
+down. But the folks living in the vicinity of the woods back of Oak
+Hall were on their guard, and it was seldom that women and children
+went out alone.
+
+The boys were doing very well in their studies, and Dave received warm
+words of encouragement from Andrew Dale. He had made up nearly all the
+back lessons imposed upon him by Job Haskers, and that dictatorial
+teacher could not help but be satisfied over the showing made. Roger
+was also doing well, and poor Phil was the only one who was backward,
+although not enough to cause alarm.
+
+"I'll get there, but it comes hard," said the shipowner's son. "I
+should have asked old Haskers for more time."
+
+"Don't you do it," answered Dave. "Come, I'll help you all I can."
+Which he did.
+
+One day there came a letter to our hero which gave him great
+satisfaction. He read it carefully, and then hastened off to
+communicate the news to Phil, Roger, and Ben.
+
+"It's a letter from my Uncle Dunston," he explained to his chums. "If
+you will remember, he said he would hire a lawyer to take up that Mrs.
+Breen case against Professor Haskers."
+
+"What does he say?" asked Roger, quickly.
+
+"I will read it to you," answered Dave, and read the following:
+
+ "You will be glad to learn that Mr. Loveland, one of our lawyers,
+ has gotten a settlement for Mrs. Breen out of your teacher, Mr.
+ Haskers. He had quite a time of it, Haskers declaring that he did
+ not owe as much as the widow said he did. The lawyer said he would
+ sue for the full amount, and then Haskers came to see him. Mr.
+ Loveland says the teacher wanted to learn who had hired him to
+ stir the matter up, and mentioned some students' names. But the
+ lawyer gave him no satisfaction at all, and at last Haskers paid
+ up in full, took his receipt, and got out. I instructed Mr.
+ Loveland to put his charges for services on our bill, so Mrs.
+ Breen will get the entire amount collected. I am going to take it
+ to her in person, and see to it that it is wisely invested for her
+ benefit."
+
+"Good!" cried the senator's son. "That will help the old lady a great
+deal."
+
+"Say, I'll bet old Haskers was sore when he forked over that money,"
+was Ben's comment. "No wonder he's been looking like a thundercloud
+lately."
+
+"Yes, and he'd let out on us--if he dared," said Phil. "But he doesn't
+dare."
+
+"Don't be too sure of that, Phil," said Dave, seriously. "There is no
+telling what he will do--later on, when he thinks this affair has
+blown over."
+
+"Humph! I am not afraid of him," declared Phil, recklessly.
+
+"If he tries any of his games we'll expose him," added Ben.
+
+"Better go slow," advised Roger. He, too, felt that Job Haskers might
+become very vindictive.
+
+Spring was now at hand, and a week later came the first baseball game
+of the season. It was a contest with Esmore Academy from Daytonville
+and held on the Oak Hall grounds. Quite a crowd was present, including
+some of the town folks. Gus Plum was in the pitcher's box for the
+Hall, and Sam Day was on first base, and Chip Macklin on third.
+
+"I hope we win!" cried Dave.
+
+"I hope you do," answered Vera Rockwell, who was present with some
+other girls. "But why are you not playing?" she went on.
+
+"Not this term," said our hero, with a smile, and then he spoke of his
+studies.
+
+"I suppose it is noble of you to give up this way," she said.
+"But--I'd like to see you play."
+
+The contest proved a well-fought one, and was won by Oak Hall by a
+score of eight runs to five. At the conclusion there was a great
+cheering for the victors.
+
+"This means bonfires to-night!" cried Roger, as the gathering broke
+up.
+
+"Yes, and a grand good time!" added Buster Beggs.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+BONFIRE NIGHT AT THE HALL
+
+
+It was certainly a night long to be remembered in the annals of Oak
+Hall,--and for more reasons than one.
+
+At the start, several bonfires were lit along the bank of the river,
+and around these the students congregated, to dance and sing songs,
+and "cut up" generally. None of the teachers were present, and it was
+given out that the lads might enjoy themselves within reasonable
+bounds until ten o'clock.
+
+"Let's form a grand march!" cried Gus Plum. "Every man with a torch!"
+
+"Yes, but don't set anything on fire," cautioned Roger.
+
+"Say, that puts me in mind of a story," came from Shadow. "A fellow
+went into a powder shop to buy some ammunition. He was smoking a pipe,
+and the proprietor----"
+
+"Whoop! Hurrah for Shadow!" yelled somebody from the rear, and the
+next instant the story-teller of the Hall found himself up on a pile
+of barrels which had not yet been set on fire.
+
+"Now then, tell your yarns to everybody!" came the cry.
+
+"Speak loud, Shadow!"
+
+"Give us all the details."
+
+"Tell us the story about the old man and the elephant."
+
+"No, give us that about the old maid and the mouse."
+
+"Let us hear about the fellow who was shipwrecked on the Rocky
+Mountains."
+
+"Or about how the fellow who couldn't swim fell into a flour barrel."
+
+"Say, what do you take me for?" roared Shadow. "I don't know any story
+about the Rocky Mountains, or a flour barrel either. If you want to
+hear----"
+
+"Sure we do!"
+
+"That's the very yarn we've been waiting for!"
+
+"Say, Shadow, won't you please tell it into a phonograph, so I can
+grind it out to my grandfather when I get home?"
+
+"Is that the story that starts on a foggy night, at noon?"
+
+"No, this one starts on a dusty day in the middle of the Atlantic."
+
+"Say, if you fellows want me to tell a story, say so!" grumbled
+Shadow. "Otherwise I'm going to get down."
+
+"No! no! Tell your best yarn, Shadow."
+
+"All right, then. Once two men went into a shoe store----"
+
+"Wow! That's fifty years old!"
+
+"I heard that when a child, at my grandson's knee."
+
+"Tell us something about smoke, Shadow!"
+
+"And fire. I love to hear about a fire. It's so warm and----"
+
+"Hi! let me get down! Do you want to burn me up?" yelled the
+story-teller of the school, suddenly, as, chancing to glance down, he
+saw that the barrels were on fire. "Let me down, I say!" And he made a
+leap from the barrels into the midst of the crowd.
+
+Shadow landed on the shoulders of Nat Poole, and both went down and
+rolled over. In a spirit of play some of the students near by covered
+the rolling pair with shavings and straw. Shadow took this in good
+part and merely laughed as he arose, but the money-lender's son was
+angry.
+
+"Hi, who threw those dirty shavings all over me?" he bawled. "I don't
+like it."
+
+"Don't mind a little bath like that, Nat!" called one of the
+students.
+
+"But I do mind it. The shavings are full of dirt, and so is the straw.
+The dirt is all over me."
+
+"Never mind, you can have a free bath, Nat," said another.
+
+"I'll lend you a cake of soap," added a third.
+
+"I don't want any of your soap!" growled the money-lender's son. "Say,
+the whole crowd of you make me sick!" he added, and walked off, in
+great disgust.
+
+"Phew! but he's touchy," was the comment of one of the students. "I
+guess he thinks he's better than the rest of us."
+
+"Let's give him another dose," came the suggestion, from the rear of
+the crowd.
+
+"Shavings?"
+
+"Yes, and straw, too. Put some down his neck!"
+
+"Right you are!"
+
+Fully a dozen students quickly provided themselves with shavings and
+straw, both far from clean, and made after Nat, who was walking up the
+river-front in the direction of the boathouse.
+
+Before the money-lender's son could do anything to defend himself, he
+found himself seized from behind and hurled to the ground.
+
+"Now then, give it to him good!" cried a voice, and in a twinkling a
+shower of shavings, straw, and dirt descended upon poor Nat, covering
+him from head to foot.
+
+"Hi! let up!" spluttered the victim, trying to dodge the avalanche.
+But instead of heeding his pleadings the other students proceeded to
+ram a quantity of the stuff into his ears and down his collar. Nat
+squirmed and yelled, but it did little good.
+
+"Now then, you are initiated into the Order of Straw and Shavings!"
+cried one merry student.
+
+"Just you wait, I'll get square, see if I don't," howled Nat, as he
+arose. Then he commenced to twist his neck, to free himself from the
+ticklish straw and shavings.
+
+"Come on and have a good time, old sport!" howled one of his
+tormentors; and then off the crowd ran in the direction of the
+bonfires, leaving Nat more disgusted than ever.
+
+"I'll fix them, just wait and see if I don't!" stormed the
+money-lender's son to himself, and then hurried to the Hall, to clean
+up and make himself comfortable.
+
+In the meantime the march around the campus had begun, each student
+carrying a torch of some kind. There was a great singing.
+
+"Be careful of the fire," warned Mr. Dale, as he came out. "Doctor
+Clay says you must be careful."
+
+"We'll take care!" was the cry.
+
+The marching at an end, some of the boys ran for the stables and
+presently returned with Jackson Lemond, the driver of the school
+carryall, commonly called Horsehair, because of the hairs which clung
+to his clothing.
+
+"Come on, Horsehair, join us in having a good time."
+
+"Give us a speech, Horsehair!"
+
+"Tell us all you know about the Wars of the Roses."
+
+"Or how Hannibal crossed the Delaware and defeated the Turks at the
+Alamo."
+
+"I can't make no speech," pleaded the carryall driver. "Just you let
+me go, please!"
+
+"If you can't make a speech, sing," suggested another. "Give us Yankee
+Doodle in the key of J minor."
+
+"Or that beautiful lullaby entitled, 'You Never Miss Your Purse Until
+You Have to Walk Home.' Give us that in nine flats, will you?"
+
+"I tell you I can't make a speech and I can't sing!" shouted out the
+driver for the school, desperately.
+
+"How sad! Can't speechify and can't sing! All right, then, let it go,
+and give us a dance."
+
+"That's the talk! A real Japanese jig in five-quarter time."
+
+There was a rush, and in a twinkling poor Horsehair was boosted to the
+top of a big packing-case, that had been hauled to the spot as fuel
+for one of the bonfires.
+
+"The stage!" announced one of the students, with a wave of his hand.
+"The World-Renowned Horsehairsky will perform his celebrated Dance of
+the Hop Scotch. Get your opera glasses ready."
+
+"What's the admission fee?"
+
+"Two pins and a big green apple."
+
+"I can't dance--I ain't never danced in my life!" pleaded the victim.
+"You let me go. I've got to take care o' my hosses."
+
+While he was speaking Buster Beggs had come up behind Horsehair and
+placed something attached to a dark string on the box, between the
+driver's feet. It was an imitation snake, made of rubber and colored
+up to look very natural.
+
+"Oh my, look at the snake!" yelled several, in pretended alarm.
+
+"Where? where?" yelled Horsehair.
+
+"There, right between your feet! He's going to bite you on the leg!"
+
+"Take care, that's a rattler sure!"
+
+"If he bites you, Horsehair, you'll be a dead man!"
+
+"Take him off! Take him off!" bawled the carryall driver, and in
+terror he made a wild leap from the packing-box and landed directly on
+the shoulders of two of the students. Then he dropped to the ground,
+rolled over, got up, and ran as fast as his legs could carry him in
+the direction of the stables. A wild laugh followed him, but to this
+he paid no attention.
+
+"Well, we are certainly having a night of it," remarked Dave, after
+the fun had quieted down for a moment. He spoke to Roger.
+
+"Where is Phil?" asked the senator's son.
+
+"Went off with Ben, I think."
+
+"Where to?"
+
+"I don't know."
+
+"It's queer how much they keep together lately; isn't it?" continued
+Roger.
+
+"Oh, I don't know. Of course that affair with Haskers may have
+something to do with it," answered our hero, slowly.
+
+"I wish Haskers would leave this school, Dave."
+
+"Oh, it won't make much difference to us, if we graduate, whether he
+stays or not."
+
+"I know that. But, somehow, I don't think he is a good man to have
+here, even if he is a learned instructor. He never enters into the
+school spirit, as Mr. Dale does."
+
+"Well, we can't all be alike."
+
+"Would you keep him, if you were in Doctor Clay's shoes?"
+
+"I hardly think so. Certainly not if I could find another teacher
+equally good."
+
+The boys walked on until they found themselves at the last bonfire of
+the line, close to where the school grounds came to an end. Here was
+a hedge, and beyond were the woods reaching up from the river.
+
+"Nobody down by this bonfire," remarked Dave. "Say, this is careless
+work," he added. "The wind might shift and set the woods on fire."
+
+"I didn't think they'd start a fire so far from the others," answered
+his chum.
+
+"Let us kick it into the water," suggested our hero, and this they
+started to do, when, unexpectedly, a voice hailed them, and they saw a
+student sitting in a tree that grew in the hedge which separated the
+campus from the woods.
+
+"Let that fire alone!" the youth called, angrily.
+
+"Why, it's Nat Poole!" exclaimed Roger, in a low voice. "Whatever is
+he doing in that tree?"
+
+"I am sure I don't know," returned Dave.
+
+"Is he alone?"
+
+"He seems to be."
+
+"Do you hear what I say?" went on the money-lender's son. "Leave that
+fire alone."
+
+"Did you build it?" asked Dave.
+
+"I did, and I want you to leave it alone."
+
+"All right, Nat, if you say so," answered Roger. "We thought it had
+been abandoned and that it might set fire to the woods."
+
+To this Nat Poole did not reply. Plainly he was annoyed at being
+discovered in his present position. Dave and Roger looked around, to
+see if anybody else was in the vicinity, and then, turning, walked in
+the direction of the other bonfires.
+
+"What do you make of that, Dave?" asked the senator's son, presently.
+
+"It looked to me as if Nat was waiting or watching for somebody,
+Roger."
+
+"So it did. The question is, Who was it?"
+
+"I don't know. But I've got something of an idea."
+
+"Some of the students?"
+
+"No. That wild man."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+PLANS FOR A SPREAD
+
+
+"That wild man?" exclaimed the senator's son, stopping short to stare
+at Dave.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"How do you make that out?"
+
+"Because I think Nat is interested in the fellow, although just how I
+won't pretend to say. But you'll remember how excited he got when he
+found out that the wild man called himself the King of Sumatra."
+
+"Oh, I see. You think he knows the fellow and thought that the bonfire
+might attract him to the place."
+
+"Yes. I've heard it said that crazy folks were sometimes attracted by
+the sight of fire. Maybe Nat has heard the same and wants to see if it
+will work in the case of this man."
+
+"Shall we go back and see what happens?" suggested Roger.
+
+Dave mused for a moment.
+
+"Would it be just right to play the spy, Roger?"
+
+"Well, this isn't playing the spy in the ordinary sense of the term,
+Dave. That wild man ought to be locked up."
+
+"But it may not be the wild man he is looking for."
+
+"Oh, let us go back a little while, anyway," urged the senator's son.
+
+They retraced their steps until within fifty feet of the bonfire and
+then walked to the shelter of the hedge. They thought they had not
+been seen, but they were mistaken.
+
+"Humph! so you think you are going to spy on me, after all!" cried a
+voice, and Nat Poole came towards them, with a deep frown on his
+face.
+
+"It's rather queer you are in the tree," answered Roger, somewhat
+sharply.
+
+"It's my affair, not yours, Roger Morr!" roared the money-lender's
+son. Then, without another word, he walked to the bonfire, kicked the
+blazing sticks into the river, and strode off in the direction of the
+Hall.
+
+"He's good and mad," was Roger's comment.
+
+"And we didn't learn anything, after all," added our hero.
+
+Dave and his chum rejoined the merry throng at the other bonfires. But
+the celebration in honor of the baseball victory was practically at an
+end, and a little later the students retired, to skylark a little in
+the dormitories, and then settle down for the night.
+
+A week passed, and Dave stuck to his studies as persistently as ever.
+During that time he sent off several letters, and received a number in
+return, including one from Jessie, which he treasured very highly and
+which he did not show to his chums.
+
+"Here is news of Link Merwell," said Luke Watson, one day, as he came
+along with a letter. "It's from a friend of mine who knows Merwell. He
+says he saw Link in Quebec, Canada, at one of the little French hotels
+in the lower town."
+
+"What was Merwell doing?" questioned Dave, with interest.
+
+"Nothing much, so my friend writes. He says Link was dressed in a blue
+suit and wore blue glasses, and he thought his hair was dyed."
+
+"Evidently doing what he could to disguise himself," was Phil's
+comment.
+
+"My friend writes that he saw Merwell only one evening. The next day
+he was missing. He made inquiries and says he was at the hotel under
+the name of V. A. Smith, of Albany, New York."
+
+"He does not dare to travel around under his own name," remarked
+Shadow. "Say, that puts me in mind of a story," he went on,
+brightening up. "Once a chap changed his name, because----"
+
+"Say, cut it out," interrupted Phil. "We want to hear about Merwell."
+
+"There isn't any more to tell," said Luke. "My friend tried to find
+out where he had gone but couldn't."
+
+"He must be having a lonely time of it--trying to keep out of the
+hands of the law," murmured Dave.
+
+"And maybe he hasn't much money," said Buster. "His father may have
+shut down on him."
+
+Gus Plum listened to all this conversation without saying a word. But
+down in his heart the former bully of Oak Hall was glad that he had
+cut away from Merwell and Jasniff, and turned over a new leaf, and he
+resolved then and there that, come what might, he would never again
+turn aside from the path of right and honor.
+
+"Say, why don't you listen to my story?" pleaded Shadow, and then
+related a somewhat rambling tale of a man who had changed his name
+and, later on, lost some property because of it.
+
+Another day slipped by and it was one of particular interest to Dave
+and Roger, for in the morning they made up the last of the back
+lessons imposed upon them by Job Haskers. They had done exceedingly
+well, but the harsh teacher gave them little credit. Phil and Ben had
+still three days' work, but Professor Haskers said nothing of this.
+
+"He doesn't dare," declared the shipowner's son.
+
+"That's right," chuckled Ben. "We could give him a good black eye
+before this whole school if we wanted to."
+
+Dave had already finished up the back lessons for the other teachers,
+so he was now free to spend his time on what was ahead of him. He was
+as enthusiastic as ever to make a record for himself, and pitched in
+with a will, and his enthusiasm was caught by Roger, who also resolved
+to do his best.
+
+"Whoop! hurrah! What do you think of this?" came from Phil, late one
+afternoon, after the mail had been distributed. "Somebody hold me
+down! I guess I'm going to fly! Or maybe I'm only dreaming!" And he
+began to caper around gayly.
+
+"What is it all about, Phil?" asked Dave. "Hit your funny-bone?"
+
+"Money, boys, money! That's what it is about," replied the shipowner's
+son. "I've got five thousand dollars, all my own!"
+
+"Five thousand dollars!" gasped Buster.
+
+"All your own?" queried Gus Plum.
+
+"Where did you get it?" asked another.
+
+"Why, it's this way," answered Phil, when he could calm down a
+little. "About two years ago a great-uncle of mine died, leaving
+considerable money. He was interested in various enterprises and his
+death brought on legal complications and some litigation. He left his
+money to a lot of heirs, including myself. My father and I never
+thought we'd get anything--thought the lawyers and courts would
+swallow it all. But now it seems that it has been settled, and yours
+truly gets five thousand dollars in cash."
+
+"When do you get it, Phil, right away?" asked Buster.
+
+"Well,--er--I, of course, don't get it until I am of age. It's to go
+in the bank."
+
+"Oh!"
+
+"Won't you get any of it until then?" asked Shadow. "Your dad might
+let you have a little, just to celebrate----"
+
+"That's just it--just what he has done!" cried Phil. "I've got---- But
+wait," cried the shipowner's son, interrupting himself. "I'll plan
+this thing out. You shall all be my guests later on," he added,
+mysteriously.
+
+"Will you give a spread?" asked Chip Macklin.
+
+"Don't ask questions, only wait," returned Phil. And that was all he
+would say on the point, although he talked freely about his
+inheritance.
+
+The next morning Phil and Ben were seen in earnest conversation, and
+that afternoon the two boys left the school as soon as they could get
+away, bound on an errand to Oakdale.
+
+"We ought to get a dandy spread for a dollar or a dollar and a half a
+head," said Phil, as they hurried along. "And twelve at a dollar and a
+half will be only eighteen dollars."
+
+"The music will cost something," said Ben.
+
+"Yes, I'm counting on two pieces, a harp and a violin, for ten
+dollars. That's the price Professor Smuller charges."
+
+The boys were bound for the Oakdale Union House, a new hotel which had
+just been opened by a man named Jason Sparr. It was a nice resort,
+without a bar, and catered to the better class of people, including
+the students at Oak Hall and at the Military Academy.
+
+The boys found the hotel proprietor glad to see them, and willing to
+set any kind of a spread that they were able to pay for. Trade was not
+yet brisk, and Jason Sparr said he would do his best to serve them. He
+was a smooth, oily man, and a fellow who wanted all that was coming to
+him.
+
+"I can set you an elegant table for eighteen dollars for twelve," said
+he. "I'll give you oysters, fish, two kinds of meat, several
+vegetables, salad, ice-cream, coffee, and also nuts, cake, olives,
+celery, and other fixings."
+
+"That's the talk!" cried Phil, enthusiastically. "Just make a nice
+spread of it, and you can have all our trade in the future."
+
+"You'll be well pleased," answered Jason Sparr.
+
+"Can we have a private dining-room?"
+
+"To be sure--the blue room over yonder," and the hotel man showed the
+boys the apartment.
+
+"I want some flowers, too," said Phil. "You can put two dollars' worth
+of roses on the table."
+
+"Very well--that will make an even twenty dollars."
+
+"When do you want me to pay?"
+
+"Such spreads are usually paid for in advance," answered Jason Sparr,
+shrewdly. He did not intend to take any chances with schoolboys.
+
+"All right, here is your money," answered the shipowner's son, and
+brought forth one of the two crisp twenty-dollar bills his father had
+mailed to him, with the good news of his fortune.
+
+"Tell him about the music," suggested Ben.
+
+"Oh, yes, I thought I'd have Professor Smuller furnish some
+music--harp and violin."
+
+"Fine! They can sit in the alcove, and we'll put some of our palms
+around them," returned Jason Sparr.
+
+"Remember, this is for next Saturday night, seven o'clock sharp," said
+Phil.
+
+"I've got it down," returned the hotel proprietor, as he wrote in his
+book.
+
+"And don't say anything to anybody about it. I want to surprise my
+friends."
+
+"Very well, mum's the word," and the hotel man looked very wise and
+knowing.
+
+Leaving the place, Phil and Ben sought out the home of Professor
+Smuller, a violinist, who, with a friend who played the harp, often
+furnished music for dances and other occasions.
+
+"Yes, yes, I can furnish music," said the violinist. "Just tell me
+what you want." Business was slow and he was glad to get any sort of
+an engagement.
+
+The matter was explained, and the professor promised to be on hand and
+bring the harpist with him. He said he could play anything the
+students desired, including the well-known school songs. He would fill
+the engagement for the boys for eight dollars, although his regular
+price was ten. But he would have to have cash in advance.
+
+Again Phil paid out his money, and then, the business concluded, he
+and Ben left the professor's home and hurried along the road leading
+to Oak Hall.
+
+"Have you made up your list yet?" asked Ben, when nearing the school.
+
+"Not quite. I'll have Dave and Roger and Shadow and Buster, of course.
+I'll have to leave out some fellows, but that can't be helped. I
+can't afford a spread for the whole school."
+
+"Of course you can't."
+
+"I think I'll have Luke and Sam, and maybe Gus and Chip."
+
+As the boys drew closer to the school Ben had to stop to fix his shoe.
+Both sat down on some rocks, at a turn in the road. They were about to
+go on again when somebody made the turn of the road, coming from the
+town. It was Nat Poole.
+
+"Hello! you been to town?" cried Ben, good-naturedly.
+
+"Yes," answered the money-lender's son. "Haven't I a right to go if I
+want to?" he added, and then hurried on ahead of them.
+
+"Rather peppery," mused Ben. "Say, Phil, there is one fellow you won't
+invite, and I know it."
+
+"Right you are, Ben," was the ready answer. "All I ask of Nat Poole
+is, that he leave me alone."
+
+But Nat was not to leave Phil alone, as events were quickly to prove.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE CABIN ON THE ISLAND
+
+
+"Dave, come on out for a row. You haven't been on the river this
+year."
+
+It was Gus Plum who spoke. He was out in one of the craft belonging to
+Oak Hall, and hailed our hero as the latter was strolling along the
+river-bank.
+
+"All right, Gus!" Dave cried, cheerily. "I don't know but that a try
+at the oars will do me good, after the hard studying I've been
+doing."
+
+"You are bound to get a high-water mark this term, aren't you?" went
+on Gus Plum, as he brought the rowboat up to the dock, so that Dave
+might get in.
+
+"I'd like to graduate with honor, yes."
+
+"What are you going to do after you leave here, Dave?" went on the big
+youth, as the two rowed up the river.
+
+"I don't know yet. Have you made up your mind?"
+
+"Oh, I think I'll go into business, but I am not sure."
+
+"You won't try for college?"
+
+"No. You see, I don't make much of a fist at learning, so what's the
+use? But I love business--buying and selling things."
+
+The two boys continued at the oars until the vicinity of Oak Hall was
+left far behind.
+
+"If we only had a power-boat we might run up to Squirrel Island,"
+remarked Gus.
+
+"Perhaps Nat Poole will lend you his motor-boat," suggested our hero,
+with a little grin.
+
+"Humph! I'd not ask him," returned the big youth, promptly. "I am done
+with Nat Poole. I want to stick to my new friends." And the former
+bully of the school fairly beamed on Dave, who had done so much to
+make him reform.
+
+"Have you seen the motor-boat this season, Gus?"
+
+"Yes, Nat got it out two days ago. I think he is on the river now."
+
+The boys rowed on, until they came to a bend where there was something
+of a cove. As they rounded the point they heard the steady put-put! of
+a gasoline engine not far off.
+
+"There is Nat's craft now!" cried our hero, and pointed ahead.
+
+"He's all alone," was Plum's comment. "He can't have many friends
+these days, or he'd have some of them along."
+
+"I'd hate to be without friends, Gus, shouldn't you?"
+
+"Yes, indeed! But it's Nat's own fault. If he'd only drop his
+important airs and be more sociable, he'd get along all right."
+
+On and on rowed the two students. It was a clear, balmy day, and they
+hated to return to the school until it was absolutely necessary.
+
+"Let us row around Smith Island," suggested our hero, mentioning a
+small place in the middle of the stream, so named after a farmer who
+owned it. It was a rocky and somewhat barren spot, and seldom visited
+by anybody but fishermen.
+
+"All right, but we want to beware of the rocks," cautioned the big
+youth.
+
+The rowboat was headed up the stream, and soon they came in sight of
+the island. On one side were a number of bushes, overhanging the
+river.
+
+"Hello! look there!" cried Dave, a few minutes later, and pointed to
+the bushes.
+
+"What do you see?"
+
+"A motor-boat. I think it is Nat Poole's."
+
+"Is that so? What brought him here?" questioned Gus, with interest.
+
+"I am sure I don't know. But it's his boat, I am sure of that," went
+on Dave, after another look at the craft.
+
+"See anything of Nat?"
+
+"No, the boat is empty."
+
+"Let us row in a little closer and see what he is doing," suggested
+Gus.
+
+"He'll say we were spying on him."
+
+"Humph! Haven't we as much right as he has to visit the island?"
+
+"Of course."
+
+"Then what is the use of keeping away? He may be waiting to play some
+trick, or something like that."
+
+"Oh, I think not, Gus. Probably he just visited the island out of
+curiosity. But I'll go in if you say so."
+
+Slowly, so as to avoid the many rocks in that vicinity, the two
+students brought the rowboat close up to the motor-craft. They looked
+into the bushes and along the rocks beyond, but saw nothing of Nat.
+
+"Shall we call to him?" asked Gus.
+
+"What for? I don't want to see him."
+
+"Neither do I. His boat is tied good and fast. He must expect to stay
+on the island quite a while."
+
+The two boys rowed on, past the motor-boat. Then, as they turned a
+point of rocks, Dave gave a start.
+
+"Well, of all things!"
+
+"What is it, Dave?"
+
+"Look yonder--in between those bushes!"
+
+"Why, it's a rowboat."
+
+"Exactly, Gus, and do you see how it is painted, drab with blue
+stripes?"
+
+"Of course--a pretty ugly boat, I think."
+
+"Gus, that is the very rowboat used by that wild man--the one he was
+in when he got away from us that day!"
+
+"Do you really mean it?" gasped the big boy, staring hard at the
+craft.
+
+"I certainly do--I'd know that boat in a hundred. I never saw another
+just like it."
+
+"If that's the case, maybe the wild man is on the island!"
+
+"Just what I was thinking," answered Dave. "And I was thinking, too,
+that----" He stopped short.
+
+"What?"
+
+"Don't you remember how Nat was so anxious to know all about the wild
+man? And how upset he seemed to be when he heard that the fellow
+called himself the King of Sumatra?"
+
+"Yes, I remember that. Do you think he came here to find the man?"
+demanded Gus, quickly.
+
+"It looks so to me."
+
+"My gracious, Dave, I think you are right! Say, there is something
+mysterious about all this!" cried Gus.
+
+"Exactly."
+
+"Let us go ashore by all means and see what Nat is up to," urged the
+big youth.
+
+Dave was more than willing, now that he had discovered the rowboat
+used by the wild man. Perhaps this island was the home of that
+mysterious individual. If so, what was the money-lender's son doing
+there? Had he business with the strange creature?
+
+"Maybe we'd better not make any noise," suggested Gus, as the boat was
+turned in to a convenient landing-place. To this Dave did not reply,
+but they landed as silently as possible. Then the rowboat was hauled
+up out of sight between the bushes.
+
+From the craft used by the wild man a rude path ran up from the shore
+to the rocks beyond. A short distance from the shore the boys saw the
+marks of a wet foot, coming from the direction where lay the
+motor-boat.
+
+"That was made by Nat--he got his left foot wet," said Gus.
+
+"I think so myself," answered our hero.
+
+They followed the marks left by the wet foot over the rocks. They
+headed for the upper end of the island, where there was a small grove
+of straggly cedar trees. Here the marks faded away completely.
+
+"Well, we know he came this way, anyhow," remarked Gus. "He can't be
+very far off, for the island isn't very big."
+
+"I see a rude log cabin!" exclaimed Dave, and pointed through the
+cedars. "Maybe that is where the wild man lives."
+
+"If it is, we want to go slow, Dave. He may attack us."
+
+"But what of Nat, if he is there?"
+
+"He may know the man and have some influence over him."
+
+"I hardly think anybody could have any influence over that man. He is
+as crazy as can be, and not to be trusted."
+
+The two youths approached the old log cabin slowly, keeping as much as
+possible in the shelter of the trees. Nobody was in sight, nor did any
+sound reach their ears.
+
+Presently the students found themselves within fifty feet of the
+cabin, the door of which stood half open. Each looked at the other.
+
+"I'm going ahead," said Dave, resolutely. He and his companion had
+provided themselves with sticks, and Gus had also picked up two
+stones.
+
+"Oh! oh! oh!" came of a sudden, to their startled ears. "Oh dear me!"
+
+"It's Nat!" ejaculated Dave. "Something has happened to him!"
+
+"Maybe the wild man attacked him," added Gus.
+
+"We'll soon see," cried Dave, and started forward on a run.
+
+Soon our hero was at the door of the cabin, which he pushed wide open.
+Inside all was dark, for it was growing late, and the rude structure
+boasted of but one small window, stuffed with cedar boughs to keep out
+the wind.
+
+"Nat, where are you?" cried Dave, as his eyes sought to pierce the
+semi-darkness.
+
+"Who--who is that calling me?" came, in surprise, from the center of
+the cabin.
+
+"It is I--Dave Porter! Where are you, and what happened? Where is the
+wild man?"
+
+"Oh, I'm caught fast--in a trap!" groaned the money-lender's son. "Oh,
+help me out! My ankle is almost broken!"
+
+"But the wild man--?" queried Gus, who was close behind our hero.
+
+"I--I don't know where he is," gasped Nat. "Oh, say, won't you please
+help me? My ankle is fast in a trap! Oh, how it hurts!"
+
+"Wasn't the wild man here?" asked Dave, as he got out his match-box to
+strike a light.
+
+"No--at least, I haven't seen him."
+
+Dave soon had a match lit, and with it set fire to a cedar bough
+placed in the rude fireplace of the cabin. By the glare of this light
+he and Gus looked around them and at their fellow-student.
+
+The cabin was unfurnished excepting for a rude bench and a board
+placed on some piles of stones for a table. In the fireplace were a
+kettle and a frying-pan, and on the table the remains of a scanty meal
+of crackers, eggs, and apples. A tin pail, half filled with water, was
+also handy.
+
+When Dave and Gus turned their attention to Nat Poole they had to
+stare in wonder. Nat sat on the floor, nursing a bruised ankle that
+was caught fast between the jaws of an old-fashioned steel
+animal-trap. The trap was chained to the floor, and the release chain
+ran to a corner of the fireplace, several feet beyond the sufferer's
+reach.
+
+"However did this happen?" asked Gus, although he and our hero could
+easily guess the answer to the question.
+
+"Help me get loose first," groaned poor Nat. "This thing is sawing
+down to the bone."
+
+Dave saw the release chain, which was held firm by a hook. Stepping
+over, he unhooked it, and then it was an easy matter to pry the jaws
+of the steel-trap apart. As soon as this was done, Nat rose slowly to
+his feet, making a wry face as he did so.
+
+"I'll be lame for life--I know I will!" he groaned. "Oh dear, how it
+hurts!"
+
+"You take care that you don't get blood-poisoning from it," warned
+Gus. "When you get home wash it well, and put some peroxide of
+hydrogen, or something like that on it."
+
+"Blood-poisoning! Oh dear!" and Nat gave another groan.
+
+"Shall we help you back to your boat?" asked Dave.
+
+"If you will."
+
+"Where is the wild man?" questioned Gus, looking around.
+
+"I don't know, and I don't care--just now," answered Nat Poole.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+THE BANDANNA HANDKERCHIEF
+
+
+Nat Poole could hardly walk on the injured leg, so Dave and Gus
+supported him as the three left the rude cabin and headed for the
+shore of the island.
+
+"Do you know where the wild man is?" repeated Gus, who had not been
+satisfied by the reply given to the question before.
+
+"I do not," snapped the money-lender's son, with a touch of his former
+tartness. "I haven't seen him."
+
+"But you know that cabin is where he lives," put in our hero.
+
+"I thought so--but I wasn't sure of it."
+
+"Did you see him come ashore, Nat?"
+
+"No--that is, not to-day. I saw him land here yesterday."
+
+"And that is what brought you here to-day?" remarked Gus.
+
+"Yes, if you must know," was the somewhat cold answer.
+
+"See here, Nat, do you know this wild man?" asked Dave, abruptly.
+
+"Me? Know him? How should I know him?" demanded the money-lender's
+son, but his apparent astonishment did not, somehow, ring nor look
+true.
+
+"That is what I wanted to find out."
+
+"I don't know him--at least, I don't think I do. I've never seen him
+close enough to make sure. Maybe he's some fellow who belongs around
+here. I wanted to find out about him--just as everybody else wants to
+find out, that's all."
+
+"Want to have him caught and placed in an asylum?" asked Gus.
+
+"It's not my business to place him anywhere," cried Nat, hastily. "For
+all we know, he may be harmless."
+
+"Not when he stops young ladies on the road and catches folks in
+steel-traps," answered our hero, with a faint smile.
+
+"Well, that's right, too," grumbled the money-lender's son. "Maybe he
+ought to be in an asylum."
+
+"I think he is on this island now," went on Dave. "His rowboat is
+here, anyway."
+
+"Say, I'll tell you what we can do!" cried Gus. "Take his boat with
+us! Then he can't get away, and we can send the authorities over here
+to get him."
+
+"That's an idea, Gus!" cried Dave. "We'll do it."
+
+"Would that be fair to the man?" asked Nat. "He--er--he might starve
+to death--or try to swim to shore and get drowned."
+
+"He can't starve to death in one night, and I don't think he'll drown
+himself. The authorities can come over here early in the morning and
+round him up, if he is here."
+
+"I--er--I don't think much of your plan," murmured Nat, and seemed
+much disturbed.
+
+In about a quarter of an hour the boys reached the island shore, at
+the spot where Nat's motor-boat was tied up. They helped him get in
+and start up the engine. He had been told how they had come to the
+island.
+
+"If you want to, you can tie your boat fast to the stern and ride back
+with me," he said.
+
+"All right, Nat, we'll do it," answered Dave. "It is getting rather
+late and it's a pretty stiff row to the school."
+
+The motor-craft was started up and sent along in the direction where
+the boys had left the Oak Hall rowboat. Their course took them past
+the spot where the wild man's boat had been tied up.
+
+"Why, look, it's gone!" cried Gus, standing up and pointing to the
+place.
+
+"True enough," answered our hero. "He must have gone off in it while
+we were up to the cabin."
+
+"He can't be very far away, Dave."
+
+The boys looked up and down the river, but could catch no trace of the
+missing rowboat or the wild man. In the meantime, the motor-craft was
+moving forward, where the other boat had been beached among the
+bushes.
+
+"That is gone, too!" ejaculated Dave. "He has taken our boat!"
+
+"Oh, do you really think so?" asked Gus. He felt that he was
+responsible for the craft, as he had taken it from the school
+boathouse.
+
+"I certainly do think so," said Dave. "It was a neat trick to play."
+
+"It's a wonder he didn't take the motor-boat, too."
+
+"Maybe he didn't know how to run the boat and it was too heavy to
+start without the engine."
+
+"I guess you are right!" came suddenly from Nat. "Look here!"
+
+He had stooped down to pick something up from the grating on the
+motor-boat's bottom. If was a torn and dirty bandanna handkerchief.
+
+"The wild man's!" cried Dave. "I remember it."
+
+"I am glad he didn't get away with my boat," returned the
+money-lender's son, drawing a deep breath. "I'll keep this
+handkerchief to remember him by."
+
+"Is it marked in any way?" questioned our hero. "Perhaps it has his
+name or initials on it."
+
+"Oh, I don't think so," returned Nat. "Let us hurry up and get back to
+the school. If we are late, old Haskers will be after us."
+
+"Go on and run the boat as fast as you please, Nat," answered Dave.
+"But I want to look at that handkerchief."
+
+Rather unwillingly, the money-lender's son passed the bandanna over.
+It was now growing so dark that Dave could see but little.
+
+"Wait, I'll light a match," suggested Gus, and did so, and by the
+protected but flickering flare our hero looked the handkerchief over.
+In one corner there was a faint stamping.
+
+"Looks like 'Rossmore Sanitarium' to me," said Dave, slowly. "Or it
+may be 'Bossmore' or 'Crossmore.' The beginning is too faded to be
+sure."
+
+"Bossmore Sanitarium?" queried Nat, and then he became silent and
+thoughtful. A little later he asked for the bandanna and placed it in
+his pocket.
+
+The run in the motor-boat to the school dock did not take long. As
+soon as Nat's craft was properly housed, Dave and Gus assisted the
+money-lender's son up the walk and across the campus.
+
+"I suppose I've got to report the loss of the rowboat," said Gus,
+ruefully.
+
+"It wasn't your fault, Gus," answered Dave. "I'll go with you to
+Doctor Clay."
+
+"I can't go with my lame foot," put in Nat, and he hobbled up to his
+dormitory, eyed by several curious students, who wanted to know how he
+had gotten hurt.
+
+The boys found the master of Oak Hall getting ready for supper. He
+looked at them inquiringly as they entered his study, in answer to his
+invitation.
+
+"Well! well!" he exclaimed, after listening to their story. "This is
+certainly odd! I trust Poole was not seriously hurt."
+
+"I think he was more scared than hurt," answered Dave. "The trap
+scratched his ankle, that's all. I am sure it is not sprained or
+broken."
+
+"But the rowboat----" put in Gus. "I didn't mean----"
+
+"Do not worry about that, Plum. It was not your fault. I am glad the
+wild man did not harm you. I think you got off well. After this you
+must be careful about how you go out after this remarkable creature."
+
+The master of the school then asked for more particulars of the
+occurrence, and said he would notify the town authorities about the
+loss of the rowboat, and ask that a general hunt take place for the
+wild man.
+
+"They ought to be able to round him up sooner or later," he added.
+
+There was considerable excitement in the school when it was learned
+that the wild man had been heard of again. The boys looked for the
+strange individual and so did the town authorities and many farmers,
+but nothing came of the search. Nat was called on to exhibit the
+bandanna handkerchief and did so. Nobody could make out the first part
+of the name on it, for the handkerchief showed a small hole where the
+letters should be.
+
+"That is queer," said Dave, to Roger and Phil, when he heard of this.
+"That handkerchief did not have a hole there when I looked at it."
+
+"Maybe Nat put the hole there," returned the senator's son.
+
+"Why would he do that?" questioned Phil.
+
+"So that nobody would know what the name of the sanitarium really was.
+I believe with Dave that Nat knows the man, or knows about him, and is
+trying to keep something a secret."
+
+"Hum! Maybe you are right," mused the shipowner's son.
+
+Phil had perfected all his arrangements for his spread at the hotel,
+and his guests for that occasion had been duly invited and all had
+accepted the invitation. It had been arranged with Mr. Dale that the
+boys should drive to the hotel in the school carryall, and Horsehair
+was to have his supper in town and, later on, bring them home. No
+secret was made of the affair, for this was not necessary.
+
+"I am only sorry for one thing," said Phil to Dave. "That is that I
+can't have the whole school there. But that would go beyond my
+purse."
+
+"Well, you'll have enough, Phil, to insure a good time," answered our
+hero.
+
+The night was clear, with numberless stars glittering in the heavens,
+when the carryall drove around to the Hall door and the boys piled in.
+All were in the best of humor, and they left the campus in a burst of
+song.
+
+"I've been saving up for this!" cried Ben. "Haven't eaten a mouthful
+for two days!"
+
+"Say, that puts me in mind of a story," cried Shadow. "Once a poor
+street-boy was invited to a Sunday-school picnic. The ladies fed him
+all he could hold and then some. At last, when he couldn't eat another
+mouthful, and saw some cake and pie and ice-cream going to waste, what
+do you suppose he said?"
+
+"Give it up, Shadow."
+
+"He said, 'Say, missus, please save it fer me, won't yer? I won't eat
+fer a week, honest, an' then I'll come an' finish it all up fer
+yer!'"
+
+"Good for the street-boy!"
+
+"Say, Phil, you won't have to save anything for me! I'll eat my share
+right now!"
+
+"I've been in training for this feed!"
+
+"Shove the horses along, Horsehair; we don't want the soup to get
+cold."
+
+"I'm a-shovin' 'em along," answered the carryall driver. "We'll git
+there in plenty o' time."
+
+"Say, Phil, as far as I am concerned, you can have this affair pulled
+off once a month," remarked Buster.
+
+"Make it once a week," piped in Chip Macklin. And then Luke Watson
+commenced to sing a popular negro ditty and all joined lustily in the
+chorus.
+
+On and on rattled the carryall until the lights of Oakdale shone in
+the distance. The boys continued to sing, while one or two blew freely
+on the tin horns they carried. Here and there somebody would come
+rushing to a window, or door, to learn what was doing.
+
+"It's them Oak Hall boys!" cried one old farmer. "My, but they do have
+high times!"
+
+"So they do," returned his wife. "But they are good boys," she added,
+for some of them had once aided her in capturing a runaway bull.
+
+With a grand flourish the carryall swept around the last corner and
+came to a halt in front of the hotel. Phil had hoped to see some extra
+lights lit and was somewhat disappointed to see only the regular
+lantern burning.
+
+"I told him to light up freely and he said he would," he whispered to
+Dave.
+
+"Maybe he thought you meant the dining-room, Phil."
+
+The students piled out of the carryall and waited for Phil, as host,
+to lead the way into the hotel. All marched up the steps and into the
+broad hallway. There they were confronted by the hotel proprietor, who
+came to meet them in his shirtsleeves. He looked completely
+bewildered.
+
+"Well, we are here for that supper, Mr. Sparr!" cried Phil. "I hope
+you are all ready for us!"
+
+The hotel man looked at the boys in amazement. His jaw dropped. Then
+he gasped out the words:
+
+"Well, I'll be jiggered!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+AT THE HOTEL
+
+
+At once Dave and all the other students who had come to the hotel with
+Phil, expecting a fine spread, saw that something was wrong. They
+looked questioningly at the shipowner's son and at the hotel
+proprietor.
+
+"What's the matter?" demanded Phil, quickly.
+
+"Matter?" repeated Jason Sparr. "That's just exactly what I'd like to
+know."
+
+"You--you are ready for us, aren't you?" went on Phil, with a sudden
+catch in his voice.
+
+"Why should I be ready, when you called the whole thing off?" growled
+the hotel man. "Fine way to do, I must say," he continued, with strong
+anger in his voice.
+
+"Called the whole thing off?" repeated Phil. "Me?"
+
+"Yes, you!" shouted Jason Sparr. "And after we had everything in fine
+shape, too! Say, don't you think my stuff is too good to send to the
+Old Ladies' Home?" he demanded.
+
+"There must be some mistake here, Mr. Sparr," put in our hero. "Phil
+didn't call this spread off. We are here for it, as you can see."
+
+"But he did call it off--this noon," returned the hotel proprietor.
+"And he wasn't a bit nice about it, either. When I asked him what I
+should do with the extras I had ordered he told me to do as I
+pleased--send 'em to the Old Ladies' Home, or throw 'em away! He
+didn't act a bit nice."
+
+"Say, you chump, you!" shouted Phil, growing suddenly angry. "I didn't
+send you any word at all about calling it off. I----"
+
+"Don't you call me a chump, you young rascal!" shouted the hotel man,
+in equal heat. "I got your message over the telephone----"
+
+"I never sent any," interrupted Phil.
+
+"It must be a trick," cried Roger.
+
+"Who played it?" queried another student.
+
+"Maybe this is the work of some of the Military Academy fellows."
+
+"Like as not."
+
+"But how did they learn that Phil was going to give the spread?"
+
+"Give it up."
+
+"Maybe some of our own fellows did it--some who didn't get an
+invitation to attend," suggested Chip.
+
+"Would any one be so mean?" asked Buster.
+
+"Some of them might be," murmured Gus.
+
+"I didn't send you any word," went on Phil, in greater anger than
+ever.
+
+"Well, I got word, and so did Professor Smuller. He was mad, too,
+because he lost another job taking yours."
+
+"Why didn't you make sure the word was sent by Mr. Lawrence?" demanded
+Ben. "You could have done that easily enough."
+
+"I didn't think that was necessary. This fellow said----"
+
+"I tell you I didn't send word!" shouted Phil, growing more angry
+every instant. "You might have known it was a trick."
+
+"Of course, he might have known," added Ben. He lowered his voice.
+"Say, Phil, if he doesn't give us the supper make him give your money
+back."
+
+"Sure he's got to give me the money back," cried the shipowner's son.
+
+"See here, you can't bulldoze me!" cried the hotel proprietor. "I've
+had trouble enough as it is. I got ready for this spread and then you
+called it off, and you were mighty sassy about it, too. I've lost a
+lot of money."
+
+A wordy war followed, lasting the best part of a half an hour. Through
+this it was learned that the hotel man had prepared for the spread,
+and so had the professor of music. Just after noon telephone messages
+had come in, calling the whole affair off. Some hot words had passed
+over the wire, and the hotel man was considerably ruffled. The party
+talking to Jason Sparr had said that when the spread did come off it
+would be held elsewhere--intimating that a better place than his hotel
+could be found.
+
+"It's all some trick, to get my business away from me!" stormed the
+hotel man. "I won't stand for it!"
+
+"I didn't send the messages, and I either want the spread or I want my
+money back," declared Phil, stubbornly. And then more words followed,
+until it looked as if there might be a fight. Finally, in a rage,
+Jason Sparr ordered the students from his place.
+
+"All right, we'll go, but you haven't heard the end of this!" cried
+Phil.
+
+"You'll catch it, for treating us so meanly," added Ben.
+
+"Don't you threaten me, or I'll have the law on you!" roared Jason
+Sparr.
+
+"Perhaps I'll call on the law myself," answered Phil, and then, unable
+to control himself, he shook his fist at the hotel man. Then all the
+boys filed out of the place, some bystanders looking on in wonder.
+
+"Well, what do you think of this!" cried Gus, when outside.
+
+"Phil, I wouldn't say anything more just now--you are too excited,"
+said Dave, catching his chum by the arm.
+
+"Yes, but that fellow is as mean as--as dirt!" answered the
+shipowner's son.
+
+"He hasn't any right to keep Phil's money," said one student.
+
+"Then the feast is called off, is it?" said Buster, with something
+like a groan in his voice.
+
+"And somebody is going to have the laugh on us!" added Shadow. "Say,
+this puts me in mind of a story," he added, brightening. "Once some
+boys were going----"
+
+"Oh, stow it, Shadow!"
+
+"This is no time for stories!"
+
+"I'd rather go down to the cemetery and weep."
+
+"Nobody is going to have the laugh on me," cried Phil. "We'll get
+something somewhere."
+
+"Right you are!" cried Dave. "I've got it!" he added. "Let us drive
+over to Rockville and get something at the hotel there. I know the
+proprietor and he's a nice man."
+
+"Better telephone to him first and make sure," suggested Roger.
+
+"I'll do it," said Phil.
+
+The carryall was brought around again and all piled in and drove down
+to a drug store where there was a telephone booth. Into the booth
+went Phil, to communicate with the hotel in Rockville. He came out
+smiling.
+
+"It's all fixed up and I guess we'll have something this time," he
+said. "But just wait; I'll fix that mean Jason Sparr, see if I
+don't!"
+
+"It's quite a drive to Rockville," protested Horsehair, when they told
+the driver what was wanted.
+
+"Never mind, it will do the horses good," cried Roger. "They are
+getting too fat standing still."
+
+"Say, Phil," whispered Dave. "If you haven't got money enough along, I
+can let you have some."
+
+"Good," was the whispered return. "I was going to speak of that, as
+soon as I got a chance."
+
+The affair at the Oakdale hotel had put something of a damper on the
+crowd, and all the talk was of how Jason Sparr had acted and who had
+been mean enough to play such a trick.
+
+"Maybe it was Nat Poole," said Chip.
+
+"What makes you think that?" asked Phil.
+
+"Oh, he is mean enough for anything."
+
+"If Nat did this I'll--I'll mash him!" cried Phil, with energy.
+
+"Can't you find out?" asked Roger.
+
+"I'll try--but most likely the fellow who did it took care to cover up
+his tracks. Sparr didn't know where the messages came from."
+
+On and on rolled the carryall, until the lights of Rockville appeared
+in the distance. By this time all of the students were decidedly
+hungry. They rolled up to the little hotel and those with horns gave a
+couple of shrill blasts.
+
+This time there was a warm welcome by the host. He came out, bowing
+and smiling.
+
+"Did the best I could for you, on such short notice," he said, as they
+entered. "Next time, if you'll only give me a little more time----"
+
+"That's all right, let's have what you've got," cried Buster. He was
+hungry enough to eat anything.
+
+They were ushered into what was usually the private dining-room of the
+little hostelry. The table had been spread out and was tastefully
+decorated with paper chrysanthemums, made by the hotel man's daughter.
+A parlor-lamp and several others shed light on the scene.
+
+"This looks good!" murmured Roger.
+
+"Wait till you see what we get to eat," answered Sam. "It may be
+slim--on such short notice."
+
+But he was agreeably mistaken, the spread was all that could be
+desired. There were oysters on the half-shell, tomato soup, fried
+chicken, mashed potatoes, lettuce salad, olives, and also coffee, pie,
+and various cookies. It was served in home style, by the hotel man's
+daughter and a hired girl.
+
+"Say, this is fine!" cried Buster, smacking his lips.
+
+"Better, maybe, than if we had stayed at the other place," added
+Dave.
+
+"Only we haven't got the music," said Phil. He was glad that matters
+had taken such a nice turn, but still angry over what had gone
+before.
+
+As they had already lost so much time, the boys did not dare linger
+too long over the spread. Horsehair was given something to eat in
+another room, and then they set out on the return. Songs were sung and
+jokes cracked, and Shadow was permitted to tell half a dozen of his
+best stories. Yet, with it all, the edge had been taken off the
+celebration, and Phil knew this as well as anybody, and was
+correspondingly chagrined.
+
+"I'll make that man square up with me, see if I don't," he said to
+Dave, as they arrived at the school. "I'm not going to lose all that
+money."
+
+"Well, be careful of what you do, Phil," warned our hero. "Don't get
+into a fight."
+
+The next day the shipowner's son sent out two sharp letters, one to
+Jason Sparr and the other to Professor Smuller. He stated that he was
+not responsible for the trip-up that had taken place, and demanded his
+money be returned to him, otherwise he would put the matter in the
+hands of the law.
+
+To these letters came speedy replies. The musical professor said he
+was sorry a mistake had been made, and he returned the amount paid to
+him, and he further stated that if he could discover who had played
+the trick he would make that party settle up.
+
+"That's decent of him," said Phil. "I am going to send him back five
+dollars for his trouble." And this he did, much to Professor Smuller's
+satisfaction.
+
+The letter from Jason Sparr was entirely different. He berated Phil
+for the stand taken, and stated that he would pay back nothing. He
+added that he had learned how the crowd had gone to Rockville to dine,
+and said he was satisfied that it was all a trick to get patronage
+away from his hotel. He added that he had had trouble enough with
+people from Oak Hall school and he wanted no more of it.
+
+"I guess I'll have to sue him," growled Phil, on showing the letter to
+Dave and Roger.
+
+"I don't think I'd bother," answered Dave. "Put it down to Experience,
+and let it go at that."
+
+"If you sued him it would cost as much as you'd get, and more," added
+the senator's son.
+
+"Humph! I don't feel like swallowing it," growled Phil. "I'll get it
+out of him somehow."
+
+"He must have lost something--if he got ready for the spread," said
+Dave.
+
+"Oh, I don't think he lost much. He's a close one--to my way of
+thinking," responded the shipowner's son.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+THE BLOWING UP OF THE BRIDGE
+
+
+"Say, this is something fierce, Dave!"
+
+"I agree with you, Roger. I don't see how we are going to do such a
+long lesson."
+
+"Old Haskers is getting worse and worse," growled Phil. "I think we
+ought to report it to Doctor Clay."
+
+"Just what I think," came from Ben. "He keeps piling it on harder and
+harder. I think he is trying to break us."
+
+"Break us?" queried our hero, looking up from his book.
+
+"Yes, make us miss entirely, you know."
+
+"Why should he want us to do that?" asked Roger.
+
+"Then we wouldn't be able to graduate this coming June."
+
+"Would he be mean enough to do that?" asked Dave.
+
+"I think he would be mean enough for anything," responded Phil. "Oh, I
+am not going to stand it!" he cried.
+
+The boys had just come upstairs, after an extra hard session in their
+Latin class. All were aroused over the treatment received at the hands
+of Job Haskers. He had been harsh and dictatorial to the last degree,
+and several times it had looked as if there might be an outbreak.
+
+The next day the outbreak came. Phil sprang up in class and denounced
+the unreasonable teacher, and Ben followed. Then Dave and Roger took a
+hand, and so did Buster and several others.
+
+"Sit down! Sit down!" cried Job Haskers, growing white in the face.
+"Sit down, and keep quiet."
+
+"I won't keep quiet," answered the shipowner's son. "You are treating
+us unfairly, Mr. Haskers, and I won't stand for it."
+
+"Neither will I," added Ben.
+
+"Sit down, I tell you!" stormed the instructor.
+
+But none of the students obeyed him, and in a minute more the room was
+in an uproar. One of the under-teachers heard it, and quickly sent for
+Doctor Clay.
+
+As the master of Oak Hall strode into the classroom there was a pause.
+He mounted the platform and put up his hand, and soon all became
+quiet.
+
+"Young gentlemen, be seated," he said, in his strict but kindly
+fashion, and instantly every student sat down. Then he turned to the
+teacher. "Mr. Haskers, what is the trouble?" he asked.
+
+"The trouble is that certain students will not learn their lessons,"
+answered Job Haskers, sourly. "I had to take them to task for it."
+
+"Who are those students?"
+
+"Lawrence, Basswood, Porter, Morr, Beggs----"
+
+"That will do for the present. Lawrence, stand up," ordered Doctor
+Clay.
+
+Phil did as requested, and the eyes of the entire class were fastened
+on the shipowner's son.
+
+"Now, Lawrence, what have you to say for yourself?" went on the
+doctor.
+
+In a plain, straightforward manner, Phil told his side of the story.
+Several times Job Haskers wanted to interrupt him, but Doctor Clay
+would not permit this. Then Ben was questioned, and after that the
+master of the school turned to Dave.
+
+"Is your complaint the same, Porter?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"And yours, Morr?"
+
+"Yes, sir."
+
+"What have you to say, Beggs?"
+
+"The same. The lessons lately have been altogether too hard--we simply
+can't get through them. We never had such long lessons before."
+
+"I have given them only the regular lessons," put in Job Haskers.
+
+"Ahem! Let us go over them and see what can be done," responded the
+doctor. "If the students are willing to work we do not want to
+overburden them, Mr. Haskers."
+
+A discussion lasting over a quarter of an hour followed, and in the
+end the lessons were cut down, much to the satisfaction of the whole
+class, who felt like cheering the head of the school. The only person
+who was not satisfied was Job Haskers. He was invited to go out with
+the doctor to his private office, and came back some time later,
+looking anything but happy.
+
+"I'll wager he got a calling down!" whispered Phil to Dave. "I hope he
+did."
+
+He was right about the "calling down," as he expressed it. The master
+of Oak Hall had spoken very plainly to the instructor, and given Job
+Haskers to understand that he must get along better with the boys in
+the future, and treat them with more consideration, or he would be
+asked to resign from the staff of the school.
+
+Several days slipped by and during that time Dave paid close attention
+to his lessons. He had also a theme to write on "The Future of Our
+Country," and he devoted considerable time to this, hoping it would
+receive at least honorable mention, even if it did not win the prize
+offered for the best production.
+
+"Come on down to town!" cried Roger, one afternoon, as he rushed in,
+"Big excitement on! Going to blow the railroad up!"
+
+"Blow the railroad up?" queried our hero. "What sort of a joke is
+this, Roger?"
+
+"No joke, at all. You know the old stone bridge over the creek?"
+
+"Sure."
+
+"Well, the railroad wants to get rid of it and do it quickly, so they
+can build another, so the contractors are going to blow the old bridge
+up with dynamite at half-past four o'clock."
+
+"Let's go!" burst out Phil. "It will be a great sight--to see that old
+bridge go up."
+
+"Right you are!" cried Ben.
+
+All the boys were enthusiastic, and in the end fully fifty students
+got permission to go down to Oakdale to see the old stone bridge
+destroyed.
+
+"None of you must go very close," warned Doctor Clay, "for dynamite is
+powerful stuff--eight times more powerful than gunpowder."
+
+"We'll keep away, don't fear about that," answered several.
+
+"Dynamite isn't to be fooled with," added Dave.
+
+"Say, that puts me in mind of a story!" cried Shadow. "A Dutch laborer
+working on the railroad was much annoyed by the other laborers coming
+along and knocking his stiff old derby hat over his eyes. At last he
+got good and mad and when he saw a chance, he stole a stick of
+dynamite from the shanty where it was kept. He stuck the dynamite in
+his hat and then went around to the other laborers. 'Now, chust hit
+dot hat vonce again of you dare!' he said."
+
+"And nobody dared," added Roger, as a general laugh went up.
+
+"I once saw a fellow take a stick of dynamite and burn it like a
+torch," remarked Ben. "It gave me a cold chill to see him do it."
+
+"And it didn't explode?" queried Roger.
+
+"No. But I heard afterwards that if he had struck it ever so lightly,
+it might have blown us all as high as a kite."
+
+"It sure is great stuff," remarked Phil. "Say," he went on suddenly,
+"I wish they were going to blow up old Sparr's hotel instead of the
+bridge."
+
+"So do I," added Ben. "He's about as mean as they make 'em."
+
+"That man ought certainly to have something done to him," was Roger's
+comment.
+
+"Well, he won't make a success of his hotel if he treats everybody as
+he treated Phil," said Dave.
+
+"He doesn't deserve any success," growled the shipowner's son.
+
+When the students arrived in the vicinity of the old bridge they found
+a large crowd assembled, including many acquaintances from Rockville
+Military Academy, and people from the town. Red flags had been placed
+around, and nobody was allowed to get very close to the old
+structure.
+
+"There is where they have the dynamite stored," said Phil, pointing to
+a shanty not far away. "See the sign?"
+
+"That's a good spot to steer clear of," returned Dave, with a grin.
+
+"Oh, I'm not afraid of the stuff," answered the shipowner's son.
+
+In the crowd of men and boys the students became more or less
+separated. There was a great thrill when the word was passed that
+everything was in readiness for the blowing up of the old bridge.
+
+"She's going!" cried Roger to Dave.
+
+Boom! came the dull, heavy roar, and the boys saw the stones of the
+old bridge flying upward in all directions. The ground shook all
+around them, and the water from the creek was splashed on high. A
+great cloud of smoke and dust filled the air. Then came silence,
+followed by a wild cheering from the younger element.
+
+"Certainly a great sight," was Dave's comment.
+
+"Too bad it didn't last longer," sighed Buster.
+
+"It wasn't quite as big as I thought it would be," said Luke. "I
+thought some of the stones would fly about a mile high."
+
+"Good enough for a free exhibition," put in Gus. "Beats fireworks all
+hollow."
+
+The boys walked down to the ruins of the old bridge and hung around
+for the best part of a half an hour. Then, in groups of five or six,
+they walked to town, to look around there before returning to Oak
+Hall. Dave and his chums passed Jason Sparr's hotel. He was on the
+veranda and scowled at them, and Phil and some of the others scowled
+in return.
+
+"Have you done anything about that Sparr matter yet, Phil?" asked one
+of the lads.
+
+"No; but I will soon, you wait and see," was the growled-out reply.
+
+On the main street of the town some of the boys separated, to do a
+little shopping, and then some walked to the school, while others got
+in the carryall that happened to be at hand. As a consequence some of
+the students did not get back to Oak Hall until some time after the
+supper hour.
+
+Dave was alone when he entered the dining-hall and he was surprised to
+see that neither Phil nor Roger was present. Ben was also absent and
+likewise Shadow.
+
+"Didn't some of them come in with you?" he asked of Buster.
+
+"Gus and Luke did," was the reply. "I don't know where the others
+are."
+
+The meal was almost at an end when Phil, Ben, and Roger made their
+appearance. They had but little to say, but Dave could see that
+something was wrong.
+
+"Had another wrangle with Jason Sparr," explained Phil, after the
+meal. "He followed me to one of the stores, and I told him just what I
+thought of him."
+
+"And he threatened to have Phil arrested for defamation of character,"
+added Ben.
+
+"But he didn't dare to do it," declared the shipowner's son.
+
+"Better let him alone," advised Dave. "You'll gain nothing by keeping
+in hot water over it, Phil."
+
+That night all of the boys had to study hard, and consequently they
+retired to their dormitories early. The only exception was Polly Vane,
+who had to go to Oakdale to meet a relative who would stop off but who
+was going away again on the midnight train.
+
+The boys studied until ten o'clock and then retired. Dave was
+completely tired out and his head had hardly touched the pillow when
+he was sound asleep.
+
+He was awakened about two hours later by the sounds of excited
+talking. He opened his eyes to behold Polly Vane standing in the
+dormitory fully dressed, while Phil was sitting on the edge of the
+bed, and Ben and Roger and some others were just rousing up.
+
+"What's going on?" Dave asked, sleepily.
+
+"A whole lot, if what Polly says is true," answered the shipowner's
+son.
+
+"But it is true, upon my word!" cried the girlish student. "I heard
+the explosion myself."
+
+"What explosion?" asked several.
+
+"An explosion in Oakdale, to-night," answered Polly. "Somebody tried
+to dynamite Jason Sparr's hotel!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+A SERIOUS ACCUSATION
+
+
+Instantly there was great excitement in the dormitory, and all of the
+students crowded around Polly, to learn what he might have to say.
+
+"It was this way, don't you know," said the scholarly youth. "I went
+to Oakdale to see my uncle, who stopped off on his trip from Portland
+to St. Louis. He wanted to ask me about some family matters, and he
+didn't have time to come to the Hall. I went down in the buggy----"
+
+"Oh, never mind that, Polly, tell about the explosion," interrupted
+Roger.
+
+"Well, I had just seen my uncle to the midnight train and was getting
+into the buggy to come back when I heard a low boom! coming from the
+direction of Sparr's hotel. The station-master and I were the only
+people around, and I asked him what the noise meant, but he said he
+didn't know. Then he jumped into the buggy with me to find out. We
+drove to the hotel, and there was excitement enough, I can tell you.
+The girls and women folks were screaming wildly and Mr. Sparr and some
+men were running around, not knowing what to do. Soon a crowd began to
+collect, and then we found out that a wing of the building--where the
+dining-room is--had been blown up. Some men from the railroad said it
+had been done by dynamite--the kind used for blowing up that old
+bridge."
+
+"Was anybody hurt?" asked Dave.
+
+"Nobody but an old man who was sleeping in the house next to the
+addition. He got so scared he jumped from an upper window and sprained
+his ankle. Oh, that dining-room is a sight, I can tell you! One end is
+completely gone--the wall away from the main house--and all the tables
+and chairs and ornaments smashed! And the roof is full of holes!"
+
+"How was it done?" questioned Gus.
+
+"The dynamite was placed at the side of the dining-room foundation,
+according to the railroad men, and it was set off by some sort of
+clockwork," answered Polly.
+
+"And who did it?" asked Shadow.
+
+"They don't know, yet. But Sparr suspects Phil. That is why I woke him
+up as soon as I came in," continued the girlish student.
+
+"Suspects me!" exclaimed the shipowner's son.
+
+"Yes. He says you are the only one who would do such a thing--you and
+the crowd who have been backing you up."
+
+"Well, I never!"
+
+"Maybe he means me, too," murmured Ben.
+
+"He does, and all the others in the crowd, too. He thinks it's a plot
+to get square because he wouldn't give Phil his dinner money back."
+
+"I had nothing to do with it," declared Phil, stoutly.
+
+"Nor I," added Ben.
+
+"Well, I am sure I wasn't in it," said Dave. "I didn't dream of such a
+thing."
+
+"Nor did I," added Roger and some others.
+
+The news soon spread through several dormitories, and the boys
+discussed the startling happening in whispers. Phil was greatly
+disturbed.
+
+"I didn't do it, but I know he'll try to fasten it on me," he told
+Dave. He did not add that he had written to his father about the
+affair of the feast and his parent had sent a warning letter back,
+ordering his son to have nothing more to do with Jason Sparr.
+
+The next morning the news was all over the school. Nat Poole heard of
+it, and he and some of his cronies declared it as their opinion that
+Phil and some others were to blame. This brought on a fistic encounter
+between Ben and the money-lender's son, and the latter got a black eye
+in consequence.
+
+"You sha'n't say I did it--or had anything to do with it," said Ben,
+when Nat backed away, having had enough of the battle.
+
+"Humph! just wait till the law has its say!" retorted Nat. "Then maybe
+you'll get what is coming to you!"
+
+Some of the boys wanted to go to town--to see the damaged hotel--but
+Doctor Clay would not permit this. In the meantime the wreckage was
+being cleared away, and the authorities and Jason Sparr were doing
+their best to locate the author or authors of the crime.
+
+Then came a great surprise, in the shape of a letter delivered in a
+mysterious way to the hotel-keeper. He was seated in the hotel office
+in the evening, talking to one of the town constables, when a missive
+was hurled at him through an open window. He dodged at first, fearing
+more dynamite, but when he saw it was only a letter, he picked it up
+and turned it over. It was addressed to him and marked "Private and
+Personal."
+
+"Wonder what this is?" he mused, and walked over to the light to read
+the letter. It was written on a single sheet of paper, in lead pencil,
+and evidently in a disguised hand. It contained but a few lines, as
+follows:
+
+ "If you want to catch the fellows who blew up your hotel have
+ these boys of Oak Hall school arrested at once, Philip Lawrence,
+ Benj. Basswood, David Porter, Roger Morr, and Joseph Beggs. They
+ were together when it was done, and one or more of them surely did
+ it.
+
+ "One Who Knows."
+The hotel-keeper read this letter several times and then stuffed it
+into his pocket. Then he went into the next room and drew from a
+drawer several things wrapped up in a newspaper.
+
+"I am going down to see the squire," he said, to the constable. "You
+can come along, if you want to."
+
+"What was in the letter?"
+
+"The names of the rascals who blew up my hotel."
+
+"What! You don't mean it, Jason!"
+
+"Yes, I do."
+
+"Who sent the letter?"
+
+"That's a secret. But come on, we'll talk it over with Squire
+Thompson. Ain't no time to waste." And then the hotel man went off to
+interview the leading legal light of the town.
+
+The conference at the squire's office lasted the best part of two
+hours. At this Jason Sparr produced the contents of the package,
+several things picked up near the hotel at the time of the
+explosion--a tan glove, somewhat worn, two iron rings, an empty paper
+box marked, "L." in one corner, a whip handle, and a clock-like
+contrivance which had been used to set off the dynamite. He told of
+his trouble with Phil and his chums, of the threats made, and produced
+the letter received so mysteriously.
+
+"Looks kind of plain to me, Squire," he said. "Don't you think so?"
+
+"It isn't for me to say," replied the squire, cautiously. "But if you
+want to swear out warrants for those boys' arrest----"
+
+"Ain't I justified?"
+
+"Sure you are," put in the constable, who happened to be the squire's
+brother-in-law. "I wouldn't waste no time on it." He thought he saw in
+this a job for himself, with some fat fees.
+
+"If you have them arrested, you've got to prove your case," said
+Squire Thompson, slowly. "It's a serious business, Sparr."
+
+"But this letter says they are guilty."
+
+"Lock 'em up and make 'em confess!" broke in the constable. "Give 'em
+the third degree!" he added. He had read something of how city
+criminals were occasionally treated and he wished to air his
+knowledge.
+
+"I'll do it!" cried Jason Spar. "I'll show 'em they can't insult me
+and take away my trade and then try to blow up my hotel! I'll have 'em
+all locked up! Then we can examine 'em one by one, and get 'em
+tangled up and make 'em confess."
+
+After much trouble, the warrants for the arrest of Phil, Ben, Dave,
+Roger, and Buster were made out. The constable wanted to serve them at
+once, but it was decided at the last moment to wait until the next
+morning, to see if any new evidence regarding the crime might be
+forthcoming.
+
+The constable went home, sworn to secrecy, but he had to tell his wife
+and her sister of the affair, and the news got to the ears of a man
+who boarded with them. This fellow, who was named Andy Prime, chanced
+to know Dave quite well, our hero having once done him a favor. Early
+in the morning Prime drove past the school, and seeing Dave on the
+campus, hailed him.
+
+"Come over here, I want to tell you something, Porter," said Prime,
+mysteriously.
+
+"What do you want?" asked Dave, good-naturedly.
+
+"Ride a bit with me, will you? I don't want nobody to hear us," went
+on the man, lowering his voice.
+
+Wondering what was coming, Dave got up on the seat of the man's wagon
+and they drove to the far end of the Oak Hall grounds. There Andy
+Prime told of all he had learned.
+
+"Please don't say I told ye!" he pleaded. "It might git me in
+trouble. But you did me a good turn onct an' I ain't forgot it."
+
+"Thank you, Prime, I won't tell who told me," answered Dave.
+
+"Thet old skinflint o' a Sparr deserved to have his buildin' blown
+up."
+
+"Perhaps. But we didn't do it, I can assure you of that. If Mr. Sparr
+has us arrested, he'll get in hot water," answered our hero; and then
+he got out of the wagon and Andy Prime drove on.
+
+Dave at once carried the news to those immediately concerned. All were
+very indignant, and some were scared.
+
+"Say, I won't stand for being arrested!" cried Phil, in horror. "It's
+too much of a disgrace!"
+
+"My folks would never get over it," added Ben.
+
+"It would just about kill my mother, if I was locked up," came from
+Buster.
+
+"Well, I'll stand it if I have to," said Roger. "But I'll make that
+fellow suffer for it later!" he added, bitterly.
+
+All thoughts of going to school that morning were abandoned by the
+five boys. They talked the situation over, and determined to go down
+the road and await the arrival of the constable, Andy Prime having
+said that Hickson would come by ten o'clock.
+
+"This is awful!" gasped Phil, shaking his head dolefully. "Say, Dave,
+I can't stand it!"
+
+"Wait until we hear what the constable has to say."
+
+"He won't say anything--he'll just drag us to the Oakdale lockup!" put
+in Ben.
+
+"I wonder what my dad will say to that, when he hears of it?" murmured
+Roger. "The newspapers are bound to make a spread of it. 'Son of a U.
+S. Senator Jailed for Blowing Up a Hotel!' or something like that. Oh,
+it makes me sick!"
+
+Plainly the majority of the students were very nervous. The only one
+who kept calm was Dave, and even he was much disturbed. All walked
+along the road, keeping a sharp eye out for the appearance of Paul
+Hickson.
+
+"Here he comes!" cried Phil, as a covered wagon came along the road,
+driven by the keeper of the Oakdale jail. On the front seat beside the
+driver were the constable and Jason Sparr.
+
+"Hi, you boys!" shouted the constable, as the wagon came closer. "I
+want to see you!"
+
+"What do you want?" demanded Dave, stepping to the front.
+
+"We want you, for one!" cried the hotel-keeper. "Be careful, Hickson,
+that none of 'em get away!" he added.
+
+"I don't know one from tudder," said the constable, doubtfully.
+
+"This is just the bunch we are after, unless I am mistaken," went on
+the hotel man. "That is Lawrence there, and Basswood, and this is
+Porter, and I think that is Morr," and he pointed to the various
+students.
+
+"Good enough. Boys, in the name of the law, I call on you to halt,"
+declared the constable, pompously.
+
+"Mr. Sparr, what does this mean?" demanded Dave.
+
+"It means that I am going to have the whole bunch of you arrested!"
+shouted the hotel man, harshly. "You blew up my hotel, and I can prove
+it! I've got the evidence against every one of you! I am going to have
+you arrested right now and sent to prison!" And he shook his fist at
+the boys.
+
+"The evidence against us?" faltered Phil.
+
+"Yes, sir, the plain, clear evidence," went on the hotel-keeper,
+dramatically. "I've got you just where I want you. I am going to send
+every one of you to prison for five or ten years!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE MEETING ON THE ROAD
+
+
+There was an intense silence, following the announcement of Jason
+Sparr that he intended to send Dave and his chums to prison for
+attempting to blow up the hotel. In the meantime the hotel man and the
+constable got down from the seat of the covered wagon.
+
+"I've got the warrants fer the arrest, boys," said Constable Hickson,
+somewhat importantly.
+
+"Mr. Sparr, I'd like a word with you," said Dave, as calmly as he
+could speak under the circumstances.
+
+"I ain't got no more to say than I've said," returned Jason Sparr,
+stubbornly. "You done it, and I can prove it! The constable is going
+to do his duty and arrest you!"
+
+"Dave, I--I won't stand for it!" whispered Phil, hoarsely. "It's
+terrible! I--I can't stand it!" And he began to back away.
+
+"Hi, there! stop!" yelled the hotel man. "Stop him, Hickson! Don't let
+him get away!"
+
+"You sha'n't arrest me for nothing!" cried the shipowner's son, and
+like a flash he turned around and started off on a run.
+
+"Come back here, Phil!" called out Dave. "Come back! You are making a
+mistake by running away!"
+
+But Phil did not hear, nor did Ben and Buster, who had also taken to
+their heels. Roger ran a few steps, then halted, and came back to our
+hero's side.
+
+"You are right, Dave," he said. "It's best to face the music."
+
+Phil, Ben, and Buster had turned towards Oak Hall. Phil was in the
+lead, but the others soon caught up to him.
+
+"Wha--what are you go--going to d--do?" panted Ben.
+
+"I'm not going to let them arrest me!" answered Phil. "I didn't do it,
+and I'm not going to jail."
+
+"Let us hide until we can get our folks to help us," suggested Buster.
+The thought of going to a lockup filled him with dread.
+
+"I'm going to notify my folks, too," said Ben.
+
+"The trouble is, I don't know where my folks are just now," came from
+the shipowner's son. "My father went on a trip on one of his vessels
+and mother is visiting relatives."
+
+The boys had kept on running on the road. But now, as they saw the
+constable after them, they turned and dashed into a side-path leading
+to the river.
+
+"A motor-boat!" cried Ben, a few seconds later.
+
+"It's the Kingsley boat," added Buster. "I know Tom will let us use
+it--he said I could do it once. Let us go across in it."
+
+All leaped on board, and Ben started up the engine while Buster took
+the wheel. There came a put! put! as the fly-wheel was turned over,
+and the little craft, which belonged to a boy living on the
+river-bank, headed out into the Leming River.
+
+In the meantime, while Constable Hickson was running after the
+fugitives, Jason Sparr and the driver of the covered wagon confronted
+Dave and Roger.
+
+"Don't you try to run!" bawled the hotel-keeper.
+
+"I'm armed," added the keeper of the town lockup, suggestively.
+
+"I don't intend to run, Mr. Sparr," answered Dave.
+
+"Why should we run, since we have done nothing wrong?" added the
+senator's son. He tried to follow Dave's example and remain calm, but
+he was tremendously disturbed.
+
+"Did those three fellows do it alone?" queried the hotel man,
+eagerly. "If they did, you had better confess to it, and clear
+yourselves."
+
+"None of us are guilty," answered Dave.
+
+"I know better."
+
+"You do not. Since we didn't do it, Mr. Sparr, I don't see how you can
+prove that we did,--unless you have manufactured some evidence against
+us," went on our hero, pointedly, a new idea coming into his head.
+
+"I ain't manufactured no evidence!" bawled Jason Sparr. "Didn't that
+young rascal of a Lawrence say he'd get square with me, and didn't all
+of you say the same? Wasn't you down to the blowing up of the bridge,
+right where they had all that dynamite stored? Wasn't some of the
+dynamite sticks stolen? Didn't you fellows come right by the hotel
+afterwards? Wasn't the blowing up done by clockwork, made to go off
+hours after it was set? You can't tell me! You are guilty. Besides, I
+got other evidence--I got a letter," added the hotel-keeper,
+shrewdly.
+
+"A letter? About us?"
+
+Jason Sparr nodded.
+
+"Saying we were guilty?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Who wrote it?"
+
+"Never mind that. You're guilty, and you know it. Just wait till
+Hickson comes back with them others and I'll show you a thing or
+two," continued the hotel man, harshly.
+
+"Mr. Sparr, I said I wanted to talk to you, and I do want to," said
+Dave, after a pause. "You will find it to your advantage to listen to
+me. You have got this whole thing settled in your own mind, but you
+are dead wrong. You intend to have us locked up for something we
+didn't do. To have us locked up will blacken our characters and
+blacken the reputation of Oak Hall. My folks are respectable people,
+and so are the folks of the other boys. Do you think they will stand
+for this sort of thing? And do you think Doctor Clay will stand for
+it? If you do, you are greatly mistaken. If you have us arrested on
+this charge, which is absolutely false, I'll get my folks to sue you
+for false imprisonment and defamation of character, and I know the
+other fellows will do the same. And you can rest assured that the
+charges against you will be pushed to the limits of the law."
+
+At this plain talk Jason Sparr's jaw dropped. Several times he was on
+the point of interrupting, but thought better of it.
+
+"Well, now--er----" he stammered when Dave had finished.
+
+"My father is a United States senator," said Roger. "You don't suppose
+he will let a matter like this pass unnoticed? If you do anything to
+besmirch our family name, you'll take the consequences."
+
+"Your father is a United States senator?" faltered Jason Sparr.
+
+"He is, and Dave's father is a rich man, and so is Phil Lawrence's
+father. Of course, our money has nothing to do with it, excepting that
+it will enable us to stand up for our rights in the courts, and get
+able lawyers to defend us. We are innocent of all wrongdoing. If
+anybody is in the wrong it is you, for you cheated Phil Lawrence out
+of the money he advanced to you for that spread we were to have at
+your hotel."
+
+"Cheated him!" cried the hotel-keeper.
+
+"That is what it amounted to, for you took his money and gave him
+nothing in return."
+
+"He called the spread off----"
+
+"He did not, and we can prove it," said Dave, following up what he
+thought looked like an advantage. "Why, if he wanted to do it, Phil
+could have you locked up for swindling."
+
+"What, me? Locked up?" cried the hotel man.
+
+"Certainly. Why not? It's as reasonable as your charge against
+us--more reasonable, in fact, for you kept his money and gave him
+nothing in return," went on our hero, warmly.
+
+"Well, now what do you know about that?" grumbled Jason Sparr, turning
+to the driver of the covered wagon. But the lockup man merely
+shrugged his shoulders. Privately he was of the opinion that the boys
+were not such rascals as had been pictured.
+
+"If those fellows wasn't guilty, why did they run away?" continued
+Jason Sparr, after an awkward pause.
+
+"Because you scared them," responded Roger. "I would have run away
+myself if it hadn't been for Dave."
+
+"Humph!"
+
+All looked along the road. Constable Hickson had disappeared, having
+followed the runaways down to the river. Presently he came back, out
+of breath from his exertions.
+
+"Did you get 'em?" queried the hotel-keeper, eagerly.
+
+"No, they got away in a motor-boat."
+
+"A motor-boat!" repeated Dave and Roger, and looked at each other in
+astonishment.
+
+"Yes, went up the river out of sight," said Paul Hickson. "Too bad!
+But we've got two of 'em, anyway," he added, looking at our hero and
+the senator's son.
+
+"I wanted Lawrence more than I did the others," grumbled Jason Sparr.
+He was doing some deep thinking and his face showed that he was much
+disturbed.
+
+"Mr. Sparr, just remember what I said," remarked Dave, pointedly. "If
+you go ahead, take my word for it, it will cost you dear."
+
+"Say, Hickson, we'll drop this matter for the present," said the
+hotel-keeper, in a low tone.
+
+"Drop it?" ejaculated the constable. "Ain't you goin' to have these
+two took up?"
+
+"Not just now. I--er--I want to get more evidence first, if I can. We
+can get them any time we want them."
+
+"But who is going to pay me for my trouble? I've got them warrants to
+serve right in my pocket, and----"
+
+"I'll fix that up with you," answered the hotel man, in a whisper.
+"Come on. We can come back later." And then the hotel man said
+something to the driver of the wagon. The latter merely nodded and got
+back to his seat. Jason Sparr climbed up beside him, and the constable
+slowly followed.
+
+"I don't understand----" went on the constable; but Jason Sparr merely
+pinched his arm, and he stopped short.
+
+"Just remember, this ain't settled yet!" cried the hotel-keeper, to
+Dave and Roger. "I'm going to look into it a bit deeper before I make
+a move, that's all. I know some of you done it, and I'll have you in
+prison for it yet, see if I don't!" And he shook his head grimly; and
+then the covered wagon was turned around, and the three men drove off
+in the direction of Oakdale.
+
+"Oh, Dave, do you think they'll come back?" cried Roger, when the men
+were out of hearing.
+
+"There is no telling what they will do, Roger. But you can make up
+your mind to one thing--Sparr won't come back until he has more
+evidence than he has at present."
+
+"But how can he get evidence? Surely you don't think Phil and the
+others guilty, even if they did run away."
+
+"No, I think Phil and the others are as innocent as we are. But I
+can't understand some things. Somebody used that dynamite and somebody
+wrote a letter to Sparr about us. The question is, Who was it?"
+
+"Could it be Nat Poole?"
+
+"I don't think Nat would be bad enough to try to blow up a hotel."
+
+"It certainly was an awful thing to do." Roger drew a long breath.
+"What shall we do now, go back to school?"
+
+"We might as well. If we don't, old Haskers will be after us again."
+
+"Do you think Phil and the others will come back?"
+
+"Why not? As soon as they have time to think it over they'll realize
+it is best to face the music," answered Dave.
+
+He and Roger returned to Oak Hall. They had missed one class, but
+fortunately that was one presided over by Mr. Dale, and he readily
+excused them when they said they had had some personal matters of
+importance to attend to, and would explain later.
+
+"It is bound to come out, sooner or later," said Dave to his chum. "So
+we might as well take Doctor Clay and Mr. Dale into our confidence."
+
+"I suppose you are right," answered the senator's son. Nevertheless,
+he heaved a deep sigh, as he thought of what might be the outcome of
+the trouble. What if, after all, Jason Sparr should concoct some sort
+of evidence against them and send them all to prison?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+LOOKING FOR THE RUNAWAYS
+
+
+When Dave and Roger went to the midday meal in the dining-room they
+looked all over for Phil, Ben, and Buster, but the three were not in
+sight.
+
+"Dave, they haven't come back yet."
+
+"So I see," returned our hero, and he was much disturbed. He ate
+sparingly, and the senator's son also had but little appetite for the
+meal.
+
+"Say, what's become of those chaps?" questioned Shadow.
+
+"I'll tell you later," answered Dave. "Don't say anything now--and
+tell the others to keep quiet, too."
+
+But such a happening could not be kept quiet, and soon it was
+whispered around that Phil, Ben, and Buster were missing. This
+presently got to the ears of Andrew Dale, and the head assistant
+teacher sought out Dave for an explanation.
+
+"I understand you went out with Lawrence, Basswood, and Beggs this
+morning, Porter," said the teacher. "They are not yet back. Do you
+know where they went?"
+
+"They went off in a motor-boat, that is all I know about that part of
+it, Mr. Dale. Roger Morr and I would like to speak to you and Doctor
+Clay in private. It is very important," went on our hero.
+
+"Very well. Come at once to the office and I will call the doctor."
+
+A little later found the two youths in the office with Doctor Clay and
+his head assistant. There, as briefly as he could, Dave told his
+story, and Roger corroborated what was said. The head of the school
+was deeply interested and not a little alarmed.
+
+"This is certainly serious," he declared, with a grave shake of his
+head. "It reflects not only on you but on this school. I must look
+into this at once." And then he asked many questions, and Andrew Dale
+did the same.
+
+"Running away makes it look bad for Lawrence, Beggs, and Basswood,"
+remarked Mr. Dale. "They should have stood their ground, as Morr and
+Porter did."
+
+"That hotel man and the constable probably scared them so they did not
+know what they were doing," returned Doctor Clay. He turned to the
+boys. "You have no idea where they went?"
+
+"No, sir, excepting that they went up the river in the Kingsley
+motor-boat. They know Tom Kingsley quite well and he lets them use the
+boat once in a while."
+
+"Do you think you could find them, if I let you off to do so?"
+
+"We could try, sir."
+
+"Then you may go at once. Tell them it was very foolish to run away,
+and urge them to come back at once," added Doctor Clay.
+
+A little more conversation followed, and then Dave and Roger left the
+office and started on the search for the runaways.
+
+"We ought to have a motor-boat ourselves, to follow them up the
+river--that is, if they went any distance," said the senator's son.
+
+"We might try to borrow one, Roger."
+
+"Not Nat Poole's--he wouldn't lend it to us."
+
+"I know that."
+
+The two students walked to the river and looked up and down the
+stream. A rowboat and a sailboat were in sight, but that was all.
+
+"There is Jack Laplow in his sloop," cried Dave, mentioning a riverman
+they knew. "The wind is blowing up the stream. Maybe he'll take us
+along."
+
+They hailed the riverman, who made a living by doing all sorts of jobs
+on the stream. He did not have much to do just then and readily
+agreed, for a small amount, to take them up the river and bring them
+back.
+
+"We want to find some fellows who are in the Kingsley motor-boat,"
+explained Dave. "Have you seen anything of them?"
+
+The riverman had not, but said he would help to watch out for the
+lads. Dave and Roger hopped aboard the sloop, and soon the little
+craft was standing up the Leming River, with Jack Laplow at the
+tiller.
+
+It was a warm, clear day, and had the boys not been distressed in
+mind, they would have enjoyed the sail immensely. But as it was, they
+were very sober, so much so in fact that the old riverman at length
+remarked:
+
+"What's wrong--somebody hurt, or are ye going to a funeral?"
+
+"No funeral," answered Dave, with a forced laugh. "But we are in a
+hurry to find those three fellows."
+
+"Well, I don't see no motor-boat yet," answered Jack Laplow.
+
+"One thing is certain: if it went up the river it's got to come down,"
+said Roger.
+
+"They may get out and send it back," answered our hero.
+
+"But, Dave, surely you don't think----" But Dave put up his hand for
+silence and nodded in the direction of the boatman; and the senator's
+son said no more.
+
+A mile and a half were covered, and they were just passing one of the
+many islands in the river, when Jack Laplow gave a shout.
+
+"There is the motor-boat now!"
+
+"Boat ahoy!" shouted Dave, and then, as they drew closer, he saw that
+it was really the Kingsley craft. He was chagrined to see that only a
+man was on board, a fellow who was running the boat very slowly.
+
+"Where are those boys who were aboard?" demanded our hero, as the
+motor-boat came closer.
+
+"Is this your boat?" asked the man on board, in return.
+
+"No, but my friends were on that boat. Where are they?"
+
+"Left the boat at Snog's Point, and hired me to bring her back. I
+don't know much about motor-boats, so I'm running kind o' slow,"
+explained the man.
+
+"Snog's Point?" repeated Roger. "Where were they going?"
+
+"Don't ask me, for I don't know. They was in a tremenjous hurry, I
+know that. It's all right, ain't it?" went on the man, quickly.
+
+"Oh, yes, it was all right," answered Dave. And then they allowed the
+man to go on his way.
+
+[Illustration: "THERE IS THE MOTOR-BOAT NOW!"--_Page 186_.]
+
+"Want to go up to Snog's Point?" asked the man of the sloop.
+
+"Yes,--and as quickly as you can get there," replied Dave.
+
+As the wind was in the right direction, it did not take long. The
+Point was a rocky cliff with a stretch of sand at its base. Here the
+boys jumped ashore.
+
+"Want me to wait for you?" asked the riverman.
+
+"Wait for half an hour," said Dave. "Then, if we are not back, you can
+go back;" and so it was arranged.
+
+In the sand our hero and Roger could plainly see the marks of the
+motor-boat and many footprints. They followed the footprints to a road
+leading through a stretch of woods, and then came out on a highway
+leading to Barrelton.
+
+"The town is about half a mile from here. Wonder if they went there?"
+mused Roger.
+
+"Maybe we can learn something at the nearest farmhouse," suggested
+Dave.
+
+They hurried on, and presently reached a farmhouse set close to the
+road, with a barn on the other side. At a grindstone a tall, thin boy
+was sharpening a sickle.
+
+"Yes, I saw them fellers," he drawled, when asked about the runaways.
+"They was walking to town to beat the cars. I thought they must be in
+one o' them cross-country races, or something like that."
+
+"Come on!" cried Dave to his chum. Then he turned back suddenly. "Do
+you know anything about the trains from Barrelton?"
+
+"Ain't many trains from there," answered the youth at the grindstone.
+
+"But do you know what there are?"
+
+"There's a train north jest about due now."
+
+"And what is next?"
+
+"A train south a leetle after four o'clock. An' the freight goes
+through at seven."
+
+"Hurry, Roger!" cried Dave.
+
+"Do you think they'd take a train, Dave?"
+
+"I don't know--I hope not."
+
+The two boys set off on a run, taking it easy at first, so as not to
+get winded. They passed a number of farms and presently came in sight
+of Barrelton, so called because of the barrel factory located there.
+From a distance they had heard the whistle of a locomotive, and knew
+that the north-bound train had stopped at the station and gone on.
+
+"There is the station!" cried Dave, pointing up the railroad tracks.
+They continued to run and did not stop until they gained the platform.
+Here they met the ticket agent.
+
+"The train just went, didn't it?" asked Dave, and as the agent
+nodded, he went on: "Did three young fellows like ourselves get on?"
+
+"If they did, I didn't see 'em," answered the man.
+
+"Oh!" cried Roger, "maybe they didn't take the train, after all."
+
+"Let us hope so."
+
+Somewhat out of breath, the two boys tramped around Barrelton, looking
+for Phil and the others, and asking about them. But nobody appeared to
+have seen the runaways, and not a trace of them was to be found
+anywhere.
+
+"All we can do is to get something to eat and take the other train for
+Oakdale," said Roger, after they had satisfied themselves that the
+runaways were nowhere in that vicinity. The walking around had made
+him hungry.
+
+They procured some pie and milk at a little stand near the station,
+and shortly after four o'clock took the way train for Oakdale and
+walked to the school. They went directly to the doctor's office. The
+master of Oak Hall listened patiently to what they had to tell.
+
+"I am sorry you did not find them," he said, gravely. "It was very
+foolish of them to run away, very. I trust they will come back of
+their own accord soon."
+
+"Will you see Mr. Sparr about the matter?" asked Dave.
+
+"Yes, Porter. And I wish you and Morr to go with me."
+
+The interview took place that evening, the boys and the doctor driving
+down to the hotel after supper. Jason Sparr treated the master of the
+Hall politely but said very little.
+
+"When I make my next move I'll have a lawyer," he said. "I know
+somebody tried to blow up my hotel, and I think it was some of your
+boys--that Lawrence boy especially. But I ain't going to have 'em
+arrested until I can prove it."
+
+"Very well," answered Doctor Clay. "And in the meantime, you had
+better keep quiet, or you may have a suit for damages on hand."
+
+On the day following there was something of a sensation. The weekly
+newspaper issued in a nearby town came out with a thrilling account of
+the dynamiting of the dining-room of the hotel. In the account
+appeared the following:
+
+ "There is strong evidence pointing to the fact that the outrageous
+ deed was perpetrated by some schoolboys who held a grudge against
+ Mr. Sparr. They are known to have been present at the blowing up
+ of the old stone bridge, and were seen near the shanty where the
+ sticks of dynamite were kept, and one boy of the town says he saw
+ a young man coming from the shanty with something in his hand. Mr.
+ Sparr has the authorities at work and is piling up his evidence,
+ and the arrest of the rascally schoolboys may be hourly expected.
+ It is said that some of the boys have run away, but the
+ authorities have an idea where they can be located. The town
+ committee is thinking of offering a reward for the capture and
+ conviction of the rascals. For the safety of our citizens, the
+ Weekly Globe-Leader hopes the evil-doers will soon be
+ apprehended."
+
+No names were mentioned in this account, but everybody in Oakdale and
+vicinity knew that the boys of Oak Hall were alluded to, and there was
+much talk over what might be done. Doctor Clay felt the disgrace
+keenly, and Dave and Roger were equally affected.
+
+"What are we going to do, Dave?" asked the senator's son.
+
+"I don't know," returned our hero. "But we've got to do something,
+that's certain."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+THE WILD MAN AGAIN
+
+
+"Roger, I have an idea!"
+
+"What is it, Dave?"
+
+"I may be mistaken, but I've been thinking that perhaps that wild man
+did the blowing up at the hotel."
+
+"What makes you think that?" questioned the senator's son, putting
+down the book he had been trying to study.
+
+A day had passed after the events recorded in the last chapter, and so
+far no word had come in concerning Phil and the other runaways. Doctor
+Clay had sent for a private detective to assist in locating them and
+also to try, if possible, to clear up the mystery concerning the hotel
+affair.
+
+"Well, in the first place, it would be just like a crazy man to do
+such a thing, wouldn't it?"
+
+"Perhaps."
+
+"In the second place, I have heard that the wild man was seen around
+when the bridge was blown up."
+
+"Is that so? Who saw him?"
+
+"Mr. Tyson, the farmer who lives near the bridge."
+
+"Why didn't he try to capture the fellow?"
+
+"He did, but in the excitement of the blowing up the wild man slipped
+him. And that isn't all. Mr. Tyson saw him coming from the vicinity of
+that shanty where the dynamite was kept."
+
+"Say, that is certainly interesting!" cried the senator's son. "When
+did you learn all this?"
+
+"Less than an hour ago. Mr. Tyson brought some vegetables to the
+school and I had a talk with him."
+
+"Did he think the wild man blew up the hotel?"
+
+"No, he didn't connect the two."
+
+"Hum! What do you think of doing about it?"
+
+"I hardly know. I wish we could round up the wild man."
+
+"Plenty of folks wish that."
+
+"I think he hangs out somewhere along the river, or on one of the
+islands."
+
+"Maybe Nat Poole knows."
+
+"I hardly think so--although I am sure Nat wants to find the
+fellow--why, I can't imagine."
+
+During those trying days, Job Haskers was as harsh and dictatorial to
+Dave and Roger as ever, and several times he passed sneering remarks
+about those who were missing.
+
+"You may think as you please, Doctor Clay," said he to the master of
+the Hall. "I feel sure in my mind that Lawrence and those other boys
+are guilty. I do not think Mr. Sparr would accuse them if he was not
+pretty sure of his ground."
+
+"Well, he has not dared to have those warrants served," replied the
+doctor, dryly.
+
+"Because he is afraid there will be a great deal of money used in the
+case to fight him."
+
+"Mr. Haskers, do you stand up for Mr. Sparr? I thought you had had
+some difficulty yourself with him once?"
+
+"That was but a small affair. I think he is perfectly honest and that
+he wants to do what is right."
+
+"Possibly. But he did not treat Lawrence very fairly in the matter of
+that dinner that was ordered."
+
+"That was a mistake, and Mr. Sparr lost as much as he got. Yes, I
+think those boys guilty, and in the end you will find out that I am
+right," added Job Haskers as he went off, smiling grimly to himself,
+as if it was a pleasure to him to have the boys thus accused.
+
+The next morning came another surprise. On getting up Dave noticed
+that something was missing from the dormitory. Phil's suit-case was
+gone, likewise a portion of his clothing, and also the valises of Ben
+and Buster, and part of their outfits.
+
+"Well, this beats the Dutch!" exclaimed Roger, on learning the news.
+"Who took them, do you suppose?"
+
+"Don't ask me, Roger."
+
+"Maybe they came themselves and got them," suggested Sam.
+
+"If they did, wouldn't we hear them?" asked Gus.
+
+"Talk about a mysterious disappearance," cried Shadow. "Say, this puts
+me in mind of a story. Once some fellows----"
+
+"Oh, stow it, Shadow!" cried the senator's son. "Let's get busy and
+try to find out what this means. Maybe they are back at the school."
+
+All of the boys dressed hastily and took a look around. But they could
+find no trace of the runaways. Yet the traveling-bags and the clothing
+were certainly gone.
+
+"If I didn't know better, I'd say the place was haunted!" cried Luke.
+
+"Oh, don't say that!" exclaimed Polly Vane, looking scared. "I don't
+wish to see any ghosts."
+
+Doctor Clay was informed of what had occurred, and he had another
+search conducted. But it was all to no purpose--the things were
+missing, and that was all there was to it.
+
+It may well be imagined that with so much going on it was next to
+impossible for Dave and Roger to study. Yet they did their best, not
+wishing to drop behind again as they had during the trip to Cave
+Island. Job Haskers did not let up on them, and many a time they
+wished he would leave Oak Hall and that they might never see him
+again.
+
+One afternoon Roger came to Dave in great haste and beckoned for him
+to come outside.
+
+"I think we had better follow Nat Poole," said the senator's son. "I
+think there is something in the wind."
+
+"What makes you think that?"
+
+"Nat has been packing a valise and he has put in the strangest
+things--some clothing, some bottles of medicine, some rope, and a
+thing that looks like a crown made of brass."
+
+"A crown made of brass? Oh, Roger, maybe that wild man--who calls
+himself the King of Sumatra----"
+
+"That's the idea, Dave, I see you've caught on. Come on, before Nat
+gets away from us."
+
+Our hero needed no further urging, and soon he and Roger were on their
+way to the gymnasium, where the senator's son had, by pure accident,
+seen Nat Poole packing the things mentioned in his handbag.
+
+As they approached, they saw the money-lender's son trundle out a
+bicycle he owned and mount it, swinging his valise over his shoulder
+by a strap. He looked back to see if he was being observed, but Dave
+and Roger were on guard and quickly dove out of sight behind some
+bushes.
+
+"We'll have to follow on our own wheels," said Dave.
+
+Their old bicycles were still in the gymnasium. They were not in very
+good condition, but the tires were air-tight and that was enough.
+Without delay, they trundled the machines out, and leaping into the
+saddles, pedaled after Nat.
+
+The course of the money-lender's son was along the river road, and he
+followed this for the best part of a mile. Then he branched off on a
+side-road leading to what were known as the Chester Hills. It was hard
+work pushing the machine up the hills, but Nat kept at it steadily,
+and Dave and Roger followed. Strange to say, the money-lender's son
+did not once look back after leaving the school. Evidently he was of
+the opinion that nobody had observed his departure, or, if so, had
+taken no particular notice of it.
+
+From the top of one of the hills, Nat struck off on another side-road,
+leading to a little valley. Here was a brook, and at a point where it
+widened out, a small and really beautiful island. In the center of the
+island a cabin had been built by some sportsman, and a rustic bridge
+connected the resort with the shore.
+
+Reaching the rustic bridge, Nat dismounted, and with his valise still
+over his shoulder, walked towards the cabin. As he did this Dave and
+Roger came quite close and they, too, dismounted, keeping in the
+shelter of some trees near by.
+
+"Stop! I command you, in the name of the King of Sumatra, to stop!"
+
+The call came from the cabin, and a second later the wild man
+appeared. He was clad in a blue pair of trousers and over his shoulder
+was thrown a big red blanket. On his head rested a crown made of a tin
+pail cut into sharp points.
+
+"I salute you, King of Sumatra!" called out Nat, making a low bow.
+
+"Ha! it is my servant that speaks," said the wild man. "Bow low, bow,
+I tell you!" and he flourished a wooden sword that he held in one
+hand.
+
+"It is the wild man, sure enough!" whispered Roger, in great
+excitement.
+
+"And evidently he has been expecting Nat," returned Dave. "Let us get
+closer and see what is up."
+
+They advanced with care until they were behind a tree at the very foot
+of the rustic bridge. In the meantime Nat had gone forward, bowing low
+at every step.
+
+"I have brought you something, my king!" cried the money-lender's
+son. "Something of great importance to you."
+
+"What is it?" demanded the wild man, his curiosity excited.
+
+"A new crown. It is of gold, a beautiful crown."
+
+"Ha! ha! that is well! The King of Sumatra needs a new crown!" cried
+the wild man, strutting up and down in front of the cabin. "Give it to
+me, that I may see if it fits." And he held out his empty hand.
+
+"Let us go into the cabin, and you can sit in your chair of state
+while I place it on your head," said Nat, in a soothing, persuasive
+voice. "You will like it, I know."
+
+"Did you bring your army with you?" demanded the wild man,
+suspiciously.
+
+"No, I am all alone--the army is at Oakdale," answered Nat.
+
+"Again 'tis well. Come in, and I will sit on the throne," and with a
+sweeping gesture of welcome, the wild man stepped back into the cabin,
+and Nat Poole followed.
+
+"Now, what do you make of this?" whispered Roger, looking at Dave in
+wonder.
+
+"I have an idea, Roger," answered our hero. "Nat knows that man; in
+fact, he is well acquainted with him. I think he is going to try to
+make him a prisoner."
+
+"A prisoner? Oh, I see; for the glory of it, eh?"
+
+"No, to get him back to some sanitarium as quietly as possible. I
+think Nat would like to do it without anybody around here being the
+wiser."
+
+"Oh! Then maybe the fellow is some relative of the Pooles."
+
+"Possibly, or a close friend. But come on, let us see what happens. We
+ought to try to capture the man ourselves."
+
+"To be sure. But I don't see how we are going to do it. We are
+unarmed, and they say crazy folks are fearfully strong."
+
+"We'll have to watch our chances."
+
+The cabin had a window as well as a door, and to the former the two
+boys crawled. Peering through a vine that grew over the opening, they
+saw that the wild man had seated himself on a rude bench which he
+called his throne. It was covered with a tattered carpet and some
+cabalistic signs in blue chalk. Nat had placed his valise on the
+ground and was opening it. He brought out the crown and also the rope,
+but took care to conceal the latter under his coat.
+
+"Now you must close your eyes and sit perfectly still while I place
+the crown on your head," said the money-lender's son. "I will have to
+do it from behind, for that is the way they do it in England and
+Germany."
+
+"Do they do it in Russia that way, too?" demanded the wild man, and
+his eyes took on a glowing look as he gazed at the brass crown.
+
+"Of course."
+
+"Then let it be so." And the wild man sat back on the bench and closed
+his eyes, and stroked his straggly beard.
+
+Quickly Nat stepped behind the man, and while he fumbled with the
+crown with one hand, he brought out the rope with the other. He was
+greatly excited and his hands trembled.
+
+"Now sit perfectly still while I count fifty," said the money-lender's
+son. "Then when I----"
+
+He did not finish, for at that instant the wild man let out a sudden
+yell and leaped to his feet. He ran to the doorway; and the next
+moment came face to face with Dave and Roger.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+SOMETHING OF A CLEW
+
+
+"Ha! ha! you are the army sent to capture me, are you? But I am not to
+be captured! Take the cannons away! Bring up the artillery! Forward
+the light brigade! Victory for the King of Sumatra! Oh, if only I had
+a company of trained monkeys I would show you how to fight!"
+
+Thus speaking, the wild man danced around before Dave and Roger,
+swinging his wooden sword close to their heads. Indeed, our hero had
+to dodge back, to keep from being hit.
+
+"Hello, you here?" cried Nat, coming from the cabin. "You followed me,
+did you?" He scowled deeply. "It's just like you, Dave Porter!"
+
+"Nobody shall follow the King of Sumatra!" went on the wild man, with
+a cunning look at the three students. "Away! Out of my sight!" he
+yelled.
+
+He dashed past Dave and Roger, moving towards the rustic bridge. Our
+hero caught him by the arm, but received a blow in the face that
+staggered him. Roger also tried to catch the man, but he was too
+quick, and a second later was on the bridge.
+
+"Come back!" bawled Nat. "Come back, Uncle Wilbur! Don't you know me?
+Come back, please! We won't hurt you!" And then he set off after the
+wild man, who was running along the road beyond the bridge.
+
+"Dave, did you hear that?" gasped the senator's son. "He called the
+wild man Uncle Wilbur!"
+
+"Yes, I heard him," returned our hero. "No wonder he has been after
+him, Roger. Come on, let us see if we can't catch him."
+
+The chums started after the wild man and the money-lender's son. The
+way was along the road, but presently the wild man turned into a
+stretch of woods. He could run like a trained athlete, and easily
+outdistanced Nat, who kept calling after him.
+
+When Dave and Roger came up they found the money-lender's son leaning
+against a tree, out of breath and much disgusted.
+
+"Couldn't get him, eh?" queried Roger.
+
+"No, you fellows scared him off," growled the money-lender's son.
+
+"I am sorry if we did that," said Dave.
+
+"You had no right to butt in," grumbled Nat. "What did you follow me
+for, anyway?"
+
+"Because we thought you were after the wild man, that's why," answered
+Roger.
+
+"Humph!"
+
+"So he is your Uncle Wilbur," went on our hero, after a pause, and he
+turned a look of sympathy at Nat as he spoke.
+
+"Who told you that?"
+
+"You called him Uncle Wilbur."
+
+"I--I guess you are mistaken," stammered Nat, growing red in the
+face.
+
+"No, we heard you as plain as day," put in the senator's son.
+
+"You haven't any right to pry into my affairs, Roger Morr! You nor
+Dave Porter either!"
+
+"Perhaps not," answered Roger.
+
+"Look here, Nat, if we can help you we'll do it," came from Dave. "I
+suppose, if that man is your uncle, you wish to get him back to
+the--er--the sanitarium as quickly and as quietly as possible; is that
+so?"
+
+"Wouldn't you want to do that, if he was your uncle?" asked the
+money-lender's son, flushing deeply.
+
+"Certainly. But it looks, now, as if you couldn't do it alone."
+
+"I might have done it, if you hadn't come up and queered my game."
+
+"He didn't see us until he ran out of the cabin," said Roger. "He just
+got a wild streak on, that's all. I don't think you could have
+managed him alone. He wouldn't let you tie him up with that rope."
+
+"Well, he's gone, that's sure," grumbled Nat. "I'm going back to the
+cabin for my valise."
+
+"He may come back," suggested Dave.
+
+"I don't think so. But I'll wait and see. I hung around once for
+him--on that island--but he never came back. It isn't often he visits
+the same spot twice. That's the reason the authorities around here
+haven't caught him."
+
+"What is his name, Nat?"
+
+"Wilbur Poole, if you must know. He is my father's half-brother."
+
+"Where did he come from?"
+
+"From the Blossmore Sanitarium, in New York state. It's a private
+place, near Lake Erie. He lost a lot of money several years ago in a
+speculation in Sumatra tobacco and that made him crazy, and that is
+why, I suppose, he calls himself the King of Sumatra."
+
+"Did you know he was missing when you heard of the wild man?"
+questioned Dave, with interest.
+
+"No, I did not, for the sanitarium people did not notify us that he
+had gotten away. I suppose they thought he would stay near the
+institution and that they would be able to get him again. I can't
+imagine what brought him away out here, excepting that I went to see
+him once, when he was somewhat better, and I told him about Oakdale
+and our school. I knew he called himself the King of Sumatra, and that
+is why I got interested in the wild man as soon as I heard you mention
+that name. Then, when the handkerchief was found, I was sure the man
+was my uncle."
+
+"And you put the hole in the handkerchief," said our hero.
+
+"Yes, because--well, I didn't want folks to find out from the
+Blossmore authorities that the man was my uncle," answered Nat,
+casting down his eyes. "I thought I might be able to catch him and
+send him back on the quiet. I didn't want the whole school talking
+about it."
+
+"I can understand your feelings, Nat," said our hero, kindly. "And if
+I can help you in the matter, I'll do it."
+
+"I suppose you'll tell everybody he's my uncle," came bitterly from
+the money-lender's son.
+
+"No, I won't. But I think Doctor Clay ought to know it."
+
+"And what of your folks?" asked Roger. "Do they know?"
+
+"I sent my dad a letter about it last week. But he is away on
+business, so I don't know when he'll get it or what he'll do. I didn't
+let the Blossmore folks know because I don't think my uncle ought to
+go back to that place. He ought to be put in an institution where they
+are more strict, so he can't get away again."
+
+"You are right there," said Dave.
+
+"Nat, don't you know it is highly dangerous to allow that man at
+large?" asked the senator's son, after a pause, during which the three
+boys turned their footsteps towards the island cabin.
+
+"Oh, I don't think he is as dangerous as some folks imagine," was the
+reply. "He has never actually harmed anybody yet. But he scares 'em."
+
+"He may have committed some deeds of which you know nothing."
+
+At these suggestive words from the senator's son Nat turned pale.
+
+"What do you mean? Have you heard anything, Roger?"
+
+"I hate to hurt your feelings any further, Nat, but I must be honest
+with you. Dave and I have an idea that he was the one who blew up the
+dining-room of Sparr's hotel."
+
+"Oh, impossible!"
+
+"What Roger says is true," said Dave, gravely. "I am sorry for you,
+Nat, but that is the way it looks to us. He was seen around the old
+stone bridge when it was blown up, and around the shanty where the
+dynamite was kept, and he has been in Oakdale several times, so we
+have heard."
+
+"Oh, he wouldn't do such a thing! He couldn't!" cried the
+money-lender's son, in genuine distress.
+
+"An insane man is liable to do anything, Nat," said Roger. "Why, he
+might have set off that dynamite without realizing the consequences.
+The best thing we can do is to organize a regular search for him, and
+round him up as quickly as possible."
+
+"I suppose that is so," groaned Nat. "But, oh, how I do hate the
+exposure!"
+
+"You mustn't take it too hard, Nat," said Dave. "Remember, neither you
+nor your family are responsible for his condition of mind."
+
+It did not take the three students long to reach the little cabin.
+While Nat was packing up the things he had brought along, Dave and
+Roger looked over the place. The wild man had had but few things, none
+of them worth mentioning. There was a newspaper and an old magazine,
+showing that Wilbur Poole occasionally indulged in reading.
+
+"Hello, look here!" cried Roger, as he turned the magazine over.
+"Well, I declare!"
+
+"What is it?" asked Dave and Nat, in a breath.
+
+"Here's a picture, drawn in blue pencil. It is marked Fort, but it
+looks like Sparr's hotel."
+
+"And look what it says!" cried Dave, eying the crude drawing. "'Powder
+House to be blown up'! That's the dining-room, as plain as day!"
+
+"And down here it says, 'Dynamite will do it easily,' and signed,
+'King of Sumatra.' Dave, he did it, and this proves it."
+
+"It certainly looks that way, Roger."
+
+"Let me see that drawing!" burst out Nat, and would have snatched it
+from Roger's hand had not Dave stopped him.
+
+"You can look at it, Nat, but you must give it back," said our hero.
+
+"What for? My uncle drew that and I have a right to it."
+
+"No, I am going to hand this over to Doctor Clay and then to the
+Oakdale authorities. It may be needed to clear Phil, Ben, and
+Buster."
+
+"Hurrah, Dave, that's the talk!" cried Roger, with sudden enthusiasm.
+"I didn't think of it, but that is just what is needed to clear 'em!
+We'll knock Jason Sparr's accusations into a cocked hat!"
+
+"You let me see that drawing!" shouted Nat, making another grab for
+it. "I've got a right to it--if my uncle made it."
+
+"You can look at it, but you can't handle it," said Dave, and he gave
+Roger a look that the senator's son well understood. Both knew that
+the money-lender's son could not be trusted with such an important bit
+of evidence.
+
+The drawing was held up, but Nat was not permitted to get too close to
+it. He looked it over carelessly and then his lip curled.
+
+"Huh! I don't think my uncle drew it," he said.
+
+"And we think he did," returned Dave.
+
+There was a sudden silence after this. Each boy was busy with his
+thoughts. Dave felt particularly light-hearted.
+
+"This ought to clear Phil and the others," he reasoned. "And they can
+come back to school without delay and finish the term and graduate."
+
+Having packed up his things, Nat got out his bicycle and prepared to
+ride back to Oak Hall, and the others did the same.
+
+"Going to give me that drawing?" asked the money-lender's son, just as
+he was ready to start off.
+
+"No, we are going to turn it over to Doctor Clay," said Roger.
+
+"All right, have your own way," growled Nat.
+
+As in coming to the cabin, the money-lender's son took the lead in the
+return to Oak Hall. Dave and Roger kept close behind and occasionally
+spoke of the happenings in guarded tones. When the school was reached
+all left their bicycles in the gymnasium.
+
+"Going to Doctor Clay now?" demanded Nat.
+
+"We might as well," said Dave. "The sooner he knows of this, the
+better for everybody."
+
+"All right."
+
+Doctor Clay was somewhat surprised to see the three boys, dusty and
+tired-looking, enter his private office. He listened with close
+attention to their tale of visiting the cabin and encountering the
+wild man, and looked completely astonished on learning that the man
+was Nat's uncle.
+
+"I am sorry for you, Poole," said he, kindly. "But such things will
+happen and you must make the best of it. It is not your fault."
+
+Then Dave and Roger told of the finding of the old magazine with the
+drawing and writing, and Doctor Clay shook his head sorrowfully.
+
+"Too bad! Too bad!" he murmured.
+
+"But this clears Lawrence, Basswood, and Beggs," cried Dave. "And it
+clears Roger and myself."
+
+"Yes! yes! so it does, Porter!"
+
+"Don't you believe it, Doctor Clay!" cried Nat, leaping to his feet.
+"It does nothing of the sort! That paper is no kind of evidence at
+all!" And thus speaking, the money-lender's son glared defiantly at
+Dave and Roger.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+AFTER THE RUNAWAYS
+
+
+"Why, Nat, what do you mean?" demanded Dave.
+
+"I mean just what I say!" declared the money-lender's son. "This is a
+frame-up, nothing more! I understand it all now, although I didn't at
+first."
+
+"What do you mean by 'a frame-up,' Poole?" demanded Doctor Clay.
+
+"I mean that they took this magazine and the drawing to the cabin,
+that is what I mean, Doctor Clay. They found out somehow that
+my--er--that the wild man was there, and they got up this scheme to
+make it look as if he had blown up the hotel,--and they did it just to
+clear their cronies and themselves."
+
+"Nat, you know that is not true!" exclaimed Roger. "I found the
+magazine with the drawing on a shelf in the cabin."
+
+"Yes, that is what you said, but I don't believe it, Roger Morr. I
+think you put the magazine there yourself--you or Dave Porter."
+
+"We did nothing of the kind," cried our hero.
+
+"I think you did--and I think Jason Sparr will think so, too, when he
+hears the story. It's a frame-up, just to clear yourselves and your
+cronies," added Nat, with a sneer.
+
+"Nat, you ought to be----" began Roger, in high anger, when Dave
+stopped him. Our hero looked at Doctor Clay.
+
+"What Roger says is the absolute truth, Doctor Clay," said our hero.
+"He found that magazine on a shelf in the cabin where the wild man was
+staying, and that drawing and the wording were on it, just as you see.
+More than that, we can prove that the wild man was around the old
+shanty where the dynamite was kept, and that he was seen in Oakdale
+several times."
+
+Dave was interrupted here by Nat, and a wordy war lasting several
+minutes followed. Finally Doctor Clay said he would take the magazine
+and keep it, and that he would notify the authorities in what locality
+the wild man might be found, provided he had not gone away further
+than expected.
+
+"I am inclined to believe the story told by Morr and Porter," said he
+somewhat sternly to Nat Poole. "But this matter cannot be cleared up
+until we find your uncle. When captured, the unfortunate man will most
+likely speak of the blowing up in some way or another, if he is
+guilty."
+
+"I don't think so," answered Nat; but his manner showed that he was
+much disturbed. Then Dave and Roger were dismissed, and the master of
+the school took Nat with him to Oakdale, to see what could be done
+towards rounding up Wilbur Poole in the near future.
+
+"Well, Dave, what is the next move?" asked the senator's son, as the
+two were alone in the lavatory, washing up after the long bicycle
+ride.
+
+"I wish I could find Phil and the others and get them to come back
+here," responded our hero. "It is a great mistake for them to stay
+away."
+
+"I believe you--it looks just as if they were guilty. I wonder that
+they don't come back on their own account, now they have had a chance
+to think it over."
+
+"I think they saw that article in the newspaper, Roger, and it scared
+them worse than ever. Maybe they imagine the officers of the law are
+waiting to gobble them up."
+
+"If we only had some trace of them!"
+
+"I've got an idea I am going to follow up."
+
+"What sort of an idea?"
+
+"I was thinking of that baggage that left here. Maybe it was shipped
+to some point."
+
+"You'll have a job tracing it up."
+
+"I can try it, anyway," answered our hero.
+
+A day slipped by and nothing more was said about the affair by Doctor
+Clay or Nat Poole. Then Nat left the school, telling some friends he
+was going home for a week's rest.
+
+"Most likely he is after his uncle," was Roger's comment, and Dave
+agreed with him.
+
+As soon as he could get the time Dave went to Oakdale to see if he
+could find any trace of the baggage belonging to Phil and the others
+who had run away. He made many inquiries but without success, and was
+on the point of returning to the school when he happened to think of
+an old man named Dowling, who did some trucking and who knew Buster
+Beggs very well.
+
+"We'll go around to Dowling's place," said he to his chum.
+
+They found the old man in a little shanty behind his house which he
+called his office. It had an old easy-chair and a desk, and on the
+wall was a telephone.
+
+"How do you do, boys," he said, politely. "What can I do for you? Want
+some baggage shipped?"
+
+"No, I came for some information, Mr. Dowling," said Dave. "Have you
+shipped any baggage for Buster Beggs lately?"
+
+At the mention of the fat student's name the old expressman started.
+
+"What do you want to know that for?" he demanded.
+
+"I've a very good reason, Mr. Dowling. I want to do Beggs a favor."
+
+"Reckon you want to find him, eh?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"So do some other folks;" and the old man chuckled.
+
+"Well, we are his friends, and we want to find him for his own good."
+
+"Who be you, if I may ask?"
+
+"I am Dave Porter, and this is Roger Morr. Buster Beggs is our friend,
+and so are Phil Lawrence and Ben Basswood. They ran away and it was
+foolish for them to do it. Now we want to find them and get them to
+come back here."
+
+"It was foolish for 'em to run away--I said thet all along," murmured
+the old expressman.
+
+"Then you know where they are?" put in Roger quickly.
+
+"No, I don't."
+
+"But you took their baggage away, didn't you?" questioned Dave, for he
+could see that the old man was holding something back.
+
+"I allow as how I moved some things for 'em, yes," was the cautious
+reply.
+
+"When they ran away?" pursued Dave.
+
+The old expressman nodded.
+
+"Who got those bags from Oak Hall?" asked Roger.
+
+"Thet's a secret," and now the old man really chuckled, as if he
+thought it was a good joke.
+
+"You did!" declared Dave, bound to get at the truth.
+
+"No, I didn't. Buster did--carried 'em down on his back, one at a
+time, in the middle o' the night, an' nobuddy knew it! Say, they could
+walk off with yer hull school if they wanted to!" And the old
+expressman chuckled again.
+
+"You were waiting for him?" continued Dave.
+
+"Might be as I was."
+
+"And you took the baggage to the depot?"
+
+"Maybe I did."
+
+"And had them checked on railroad tickets?"
+
+"No, Buster went one way, and the bags went tudder--leas'wise so I was
+given to understand. Maybe he done it to put me off the track,"
+continued Isaac Dowling.
+
+"But where did the bags go to?" demanded Dave. "Come, out with it, Mr.
+Dowling. I give you my word that I am acting for Buster's good. I
+wouldn't get him into trouble for the world. He is my chum, and so are
+those other boys my friends."
+
+"Well, you look honest, boy, so I'll tell ye. The baggage was sent by
+express to a place called Camptown Falls, in Maine."
+
+"Camptown Falls!" cried Roger. Then he looked at Dave, who nodded, to
+show that he understood.
+
+"Did Buster say he was going elsewhere?" queried Dave.
+
+"He didn't say so, exactly. But he mentioned Boston, an' I thought he
+was goin' there."
+
+"He left on the train?"
+
+"No, he didn't! He went off in the darkness, an' that's the last I see
+o' him," concluded Isaac Dowling, as a hail came for him to come into
+the house.
+
+"Camptown Falls," said Dave, when he and Roger were alone. "Can they
+have gone to that out-of-the-way spot?"
+
+"It would be the place Buster would pick out, Dave. He has often
+spoken of going camping up there."
+
+"He must have mentioned Boston just to throw old Dowling off the
+track."
+
+"More than likely. And to think he took those bags away while we
+slept!"
+
+"I wonder where Phil and Ben were at the time?"
+
+"I don't know. Maybe they were at that camp."
+
+Much excited over what they had learned, Dave and the senator's son
+returned to Oak Hall. They had expected to interview Doctor Clay and
+were chagrined to learn that he had gone to New York on important
+business and would not return for two days. Mr. Dale had been left in
+charge of the school.
+
+"Roger, do you know what I think of doing?" said our hero. "I've a
+good notion to get permission to leave the Hall and go after Phil and
+the others. I think I can get them to come back."
+
+"Want me to go along?"
+
+"That will hardly be necessary. Besides, I'd like somebody to stay
+here and watch Nat Poole, if he comes back. Do you know, I've a notion
+that Nat knows more about this affair than he would like to tell."
+
+"He certainly acts that way."
+
+"I am going to see Mr. Dale."
+
+Our hero had a long talk with the head assistant, and the upshot of
+this was that he got permission to go to Maine, to look for the
+runaways. He was to be gone no longer than was absolutely necessary.
+
+It did not take our hero long to prepare for the trip. He packed a few
+things in a suit-case and then he was ready. He consulted a map and
+some timetables, and found he could leave Oakdale on the first train
+in the morning, and by making two changes, reach Camptown Falls about
+two o'clock in the afternoon. Nobody but Roger and Mr. Dale knew that
+he was going away.
+
+"Got money enough, have you, Dave?" questioned the senator's son.
+
+"Yes, Roger."
+
+"It's a wild kind of a spot, so Buster told me."
+
+"I am not afraid of that--if only I can locate the boys," answered our
+hero.
+
+"How are you going to look for them?"
+
+"I don't know yet--I'll find out after I get there."
+
+It must be confessed that Dave slept but little that night. His mind
+was filled with what was before him. He felt that he had quite a
+mission to perform, first in locating the runaways and then in
+persuading them to return to Oak Hall to face the music.
+
+He had an early breakfast, Roger eating with him, and then the buggy,
+driven by Horsehair, was brought around and he got in, and a minute
+later he was off, the senator's son waving him an adieu from the porch
+of the school.
+
+Dave found the first train he rode on but half filled with passengers,
+and he had a double seat to himself. He changed at the Junction, and
+about noon reached Lumberport, where he was to take the train on the
+little side-line for Camptown Falls. At Lumberport he got dinner, at a
+hotel frequented by lumbermen. He sat at a long table with half a
+dozen men and listened to their talk with interest when he heard
+Camptown Falls mentioned.
+
+"Yes, they tell me there is great danger of the dam giving way just
+above Camptown Falls," one of the men said. "Doxey reported it hasn't
+been safe for a week."
+
+"Say, if that dam gave way it would do a lot of damage below the
+Falls," said another.
+
+"It certainly would," replied a tall lumberman. "It would wipe out
+some of those camps on Moosetail Island. I rather guess the water
+would cover the whole island."
+
+"Somebody ought to warn the campers," said another.
+
+"Oh, I guess they know it already," was the answer.
+
+Dave arose from the table feeling very uneasy. He remembered the name,
+Moosetail Island, now. Buster had once mentioned it, stating he had
+camped there and would like to go again. Were the runaways there now,
+and in danger of the dam, should it break?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+AT THE CAMP
+
+
+At last the train came that was to take our hero to the railroad
+station of Camptown Falls. It was merely a flag station, but the
+conductor said he would stop there for any passenger who might wish to
+get off. The railroad was a single-track affair, running through the
+woods and across the country stretches, and the train consisted of one
+passenger car and several freights.
+
+Dave looked at the passengers and counted them. There were just an
+even dozen, and of these, ten were men, farmers and those in the
+lumber business. One, a bright young fellow, sat near our hero, and
+Dave resolved to ask him if he knew anything about Camptown Falls and
+the summer camps in that vicinity.
+
+"Yes, I know all about the Falls," said the young lumberman. "I work
+not over three miles from there--at Cropley's--the station this side
+of Camptown. There ain't any town, not since the Jewell Lumber Company
+busted up. Some folks camp out there, down along the river and on
+Moosetail Island, but there aren't near as many as there used to be."
+
+"Somebody said the dam above Camptown Falls was dangerous?" said
+Dave.
+
+"I think it is myself, and I can't understand how they allow folks to
+camp along the river and on that island. If that dam ever broke it
+would be good-by to anybody on the island, I'm thinking."
+
+"Have you been up to the island lately?"
+
+"I was there about a week ago."
+
+"Who were there then, do you know?"
+
+"A couple of men from Portland and half a dozen young fellers from
+Springfield. There was another camp, with some women in it, but I
+didn't get around to that, I only heard of it. There are half a dozen
+camps along the right bank of the river, but they are on high ground,
+and if the dam broke it isn't likely the water would reach 'em,"
+continued the young lumberman.
+
+The train rolled along at a rate of twenty miles an hour, making stops
+at stations and crossroads. Here and there a person got on or off, and
+by the time Camptown Falls was reached Dave had the passenger car
+almost to himself.
+
+The train halted for but a minute and our hero alighted, suit-case in
+hand. Much to his surprise, not a soul was about the little depot,
+which looked old and dilapidated. There was a stretch of fields
+beyond the track, and farther on he made out the glistening waters of
+the river, and in the center the woodland stretch known as Moosetail
+Island.
+
+"Well, this surely is Lonesome Land!" Dave murmured to himself, as the
+train rumbled out of sight and he was left utterly alone. "And not
+another train until eight o'clock to-morrow morning! I'll have a fine
+time of it to-night if I don't meet those fellows, or run across some
+camp where they will take me in."
+
+Dave looked at the sky and this did not tend to increase his good
+spirits. When he had left Oakdale it had been warm and clear; now dark
+clouds were forming overhead and it looked as if it might rain before
+long.
+
+"Well, I've got my raincoat and a waterproof cap, and that is one
+comfort," he told himself. "But I had better hurry up and see if I
+can't find Phil and the others before it gets too dark. I wish there
+was somebody here who could tell me where to go."
+
+He looked around for a sign of some habitation. Far across the river
+he saw a column of smoke, coming up from among the trees, but that was
+all. The only building in sight was the deserted depot.
+
+There was something of a path leading from the depot to the river, and
+Dave followed this. But soon the path seemed to divide, and the
+various branches became more indistinct at every step, especially as
+it was rapidly growing darker and darker.
+
+"I'll strike a straight course for Moosetail Island," Dave said to
+himself. "I'll surely find some people camping out there, and they may
+be able to tell me about the boys, if they are here."
+
+As he approached the river, going down a small hill, the way became
+stony, and he had to walk with care, for fear of going into some hole,
+or twisting an ankle. It was hard work, especially with the suit-case,
+and he half wished he had hidden the baggage somewhere near the
+depot.
+
+"I was a big chump that I didn't bring some lunch along," he reasoned.
+And then he had to smile at himself, as he remembered how he had
+imagined that he might put up at some hotel in Camptown Falls! He had
+not dreamed that the place would prove such a lonely one. It was
+certainly an ideal spot for runaways who wished to remain
+undiscovered.
+
+Presently Dave found himself at the bank of the river, a wide but
+shallow stream, filled with sandbars, rocks, and piles of driftwood.
+Not a great distance off was the end of Moosetail Island.
+
+It was now so dark that our hero could see but little. As he stood at
+the edge of the river, he heard a patter on the leaves of the trees
+and knew it had begun to rain.
+
+"Wonder how they get to the island?" he mused. "They must either use
+canoes, or else wade across, or ford along the stones."
+
+He moved along the river-bank, and soon came to a point where the
+stones in the river seemed to stretch in a line from the bank to the
+island.
+
+"I guess I'll try it here," he told himself. "But I think I had better
+leave the suit-case behind."
+
+He placed the case in a tree, sheltering it as much as possible from
+the rain, which was now coming down at a lively rate. Then, donning
+his raincoat and waterproof cap, he set out over the rocks in the
+river, leaping from one to the next and heading for the island.
+
+It was no easy journey, and when but half-way to Moosetail Island Dave
+slipped and went into the stream up to his knees. He floundered around
+for a moment, splashing the water into his face and over his coat and
+cap.
+
+"Phew! this is lots of fun!" was his grim comment, as he at length
+found himself on a flat rock, catching his breath. "Well, I am
+half-way over, anyway."
+
+The remainder of the distance proved easier traveling, and ten minutes
+later our hero stood on the island. It was now raining steadily, and
+the darkness of the storm had settled everywhere.
+
+"I guess the best thing I can do is to move right around the shore of
+this island," he reasoned. "By doing that I am bound to strike one of
+the camps, sooner or later."
+
+He moved along as rapidly as the rocky shore of Moosetail Island
+permitted. He had to proceed with care, for there were many dangerous
+pitfalls.
+
+At length his heart was gladdened by the sight of a rude log cabin,
+set in the trees a little back from the water. He hurried to it and
+found the door and window closed. Evidently the spot was deserted.
+
+"Nobody here," he murmured, and his heart sank for the moment, for he
+could see that the camp had not been used for a long time. Then he
+went on, the rain in the meanwhile coming down harder than ever. The
+downfall made him think of the dam that was said to be weak. What if
+the present storm should make that structure give way?
+
+"I wish we were all out of this," he murmured. "I wonder if it would
+do any good to call?"
+
+He set up a yell and listened, and then he yelled again. From a long
+distance came an answering cry.
+
+"Hurrah, that's somebody, anyway!" he exclaimed. "I hope it was one of
+the boys!"
+
+He stumbled in the direction of the cry. Then he yelled once more, and
+again came the answering call. But now Dave was sure it was a man's
+voice, and he was somewhat disappointed.
+
+"Where are you?" he called out, a moment later. "Where are you?"
+
+"This way! Come this way!" was the reply, and soon Dave passed through
+a patch of timber and around some rocks and reached a spot where there
+was a tiny cove, with a stretch of fine sand. Facing the cove was a
+neat log cabin with a small lean-to, the latter containing a tiny
+stove.
+
+A tall, good-natured man stood in the lean-to, peering out into the
+rain. He watched Dave's approach with interest. He looked to be what
+he was, a camp-cook and general worker.
+
+"Hello!" he exclaimed, as Dave hurried in out of the rain and shook
+the water from his cap. "I thought you were one of our crowd."
+
+"What camp is this?" questioned our hero, eagerly.
+
+"Well, it ain't no camp in particular," answered the man, with a grin.
+"It's jest a camp."
+
+"But who is stopping here?"
+
+"Three young fellers and myself."
+
+"Are their names Beggs, Lawrence, and Basswood?"
+
+"You've struck it. Maybe you are a friend to 'em?" went on the man,
+inquiringly.
+
+"I am, and I have come a long distance to find them," returned Dave,
+and his tone of voice showed his relief. "Where are they?"
+
+"They left the camp right after dinner an' they ain't back yet. When
+you called I thought it was one of 'em, although they didn't expect to
+be back much before supper-time. But now it's rainin' I guess they'll
+come back sooner."
+
+"How long have they been here?"
+
+"Most a week now, I guess. I didn't come till day before yesterday. I
+didn't have nothin' to do an' they give me a job, cookin' an' like
+that," returned the man.
+
+He invited Dave to make himself at home, and our hero was glad enough
+to go inside and take off the wet raincoat and also his shoes and
+socks. The baggage belonging to Phil and the others was in the cabin,
+and he helped himself to dry garments and a dry pair of slippers.
+
+"We are all school chums," he told the man. "My name is Dave Porter."
+
+"Oh, I heard 'em talkin' about you!" cried the camp-worker, and then
+said his own name was Jerry Blutt, and that he was from Tegley, just
+across the Canadian border.
+
+"We are not far from the border here, are we?" asked our hero.
+
+"About six miles, thet's all," answered Jerry Blutt, and this reply
+gave Dave another idea. More than likely Buster and the others had
+chosen this spot so that, if pursued by the officers of the law, they
+could flee into Canada.
+
+Jerry Blutt said the three lads had spent their time in various ways,
+occasionally going fishing and swimming. They had also written some
+letters and gone to the railroad station to mail them in the box
+placed there for that purpose.
+
+"Have they been having a good time?" asked Dave, curiously.
+
+"I can't say as to that, Mr. Porter. They did seem mighty worried over
+something," answered the camp worker, and from this our hero felt
+certain that the man had not been let into the secret of why the
+runaways were there at all.
+
+Half an hour went by and it continued to rain as hard as ever, while
+the sky remained dark and the wind blew with more or less violence.
+Time and again Dave went to the cabin door, to peer out into the
+storm, but each time he turned back disappointed. His chums were not
+yet in sight.
+
+"They'll be surprised to see me," he thought. "I wonder if they will
+listen to reason and go back with me? Supposing they refuse to return?
+I'd hate to go back alone."
+
+Then he questioned Jerry Blutt about the dam above the Falls. The man
+shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"It ain't safe, so they tell me," he said. "But it's been that way a
+long time, so maybe it won't break away yet awhile. But I'd hate to be
+on the river when she does go."
+
+"Are there any other camps on this island?" went on our hero.
+
+"Not now. There was some other folks, two or three parties, I was
+told, but they all moved out yesterday an' the day before. Maybe they
+got afraid o' the dam," concluded the camp-worker.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+OUT IN THE STORM
+
+
+"This is getting to be something fierce!"
+
+It was Dave who uttered the words, about five o'clock in the
+afternoon. He was looking out of the door of the cabin, and beside him
+stood Jerry Blutt.
+
+The storm had kept up without intermission, the rain coming down in a
+perfect torrent, and the wind blowing in fitful gusts from the east.
+It was raw and depressing, and our hero could not help but shiver as
+he looked out on the turbulent waters of the river.
+
+"It's a pity them fellers ain't got back," said the camp-worker, with
+a slow shake of his head. "It ain't nice to be out in sech a downpour
+as this, an' with sech a wind! Might a tree blow down on 'em!" And he
+shook his head again.
+
+Dave was even more distressed than the man. He could not get that dam
+out of his mind. Such a heavy fall of rain would certainly cause a
+great flow of water, and if the structure was weak, most anything bad
+was liable to happen.
+
+"As soon as the boys get back I'll urge them to leave here," he told
+himself. "If that dam breaks we want to be on high ground, where the
+flood can't reach us."
+
+"'Pears to me like the river was gittin' putty high," remarked Jerry
+Blutt, a little later, as he watched the water in the cove closely.
+
+"Well, it would rise some with all this rain coming down," returned
+Dave.
+
+"So it might,--but I don't know. I wish this camp was on the shore,
+instid o' this island."
+
+"So do I," answered Dave, bluntly.
+
+A fire had been started in the stove and a lantern lit, and Jerry
+Blutt rather reluctantly began preparations for the evening meal. But
+he kept peering out of the doorway of the cabin, and from the lean-to,
+and his eyes always rested on the river, with its rain-swept, swollen
+surface.
+
+"I don't like it at all!" he said, finally. "I wish we had moved over
+to the shore."
+
+"Don't you think it is safe to stay here?"
+
+"It ain't as safe as it might be. If I was alone----" The man stopped
+short.
+
+"What would you do?"
+
+"I hate to say it, but I think I'd go over to the shore, till the
+storm was over and I knew jest how thet dam was a-goin' to act."
+
+"Well, I don't blame you," answered Dave. "And if you want to go, go
+ahead."
+
+"Want me to go alone?"
+
+"If you wish to go, yes."
+
+"But it ain't no safer fer you than it is fer me."
+
+"That's so, too. But I want to see those other fellows--in fact, I
+must see them. If I went to the shore I might miss them."
+
+"You could come back later on."
+
+"But I want to warn them of the danger from the dam."
+
+"You could write a letter and stick it up where they couldn't help but
+see it. Then---- What's that?"
+
+The camp-worker stopped short, as a distant cry reached their ears,
+sounding out above the wind. An instant later the cry was repeated.
+
+"That is Ben Basswood's voice!" cried Dave. "They must be coming
+back!"
+
+Soon another voice sounded out, and our hero recognized Buster Beggs's
+tones. He ran to the cabin door. All was dark outside, and the rain
+was being driven in sheets by the wind.
+
+"Hello! hello!" he yelled, and catching up the lantern, he swung it
+out in one direction and another. Then he saw two forms approaching on
+the run, each dripping with water.
+
+"Ben! And Buster!"
+
+"Why, if it isn't Dave!"
+
+"Where in the world did you come from?"
+
+"Where is Phil?" demanded our hero.
+
+"He is somewhere behind us," answered Buster. "Oh, what a time we've
+had!" and entering the cabin, the fat youth sank down on a bench all
+but exhausted.
+
+"We've had to tramp for over two miles in this rain," explained Ben.
+"And of course we had to ford to the island. Say, the current is
+something fierce now! And the water is getting higher every minute!"
+he added.
+
+"Did you say Phil was behind you?" demanded Dave. He still held the
+lantern on high.
+
+"I thought he was--sure, he must be," answered Ben. "Give him a hail,
+will you? I'm too tired," and he sank on the bench beside Buster.
+
+"Phil! Phil!" yelled our hero, at the top of his lungs. "This way!
+This way!" and he swung the lantern to the right and left.
+
+"Did you say the river is rising?" demanded Jerry Blutt. "How high is
+it? Over the White Bar yet?"
+
+"Yes, the Bar is a foot under water," answered Ben. "Oh, this is a
+great storm!"
+
+"A foot under water!" murmured the camp-worker. "Say, we better git
+out! First thing you know this hull island will be under! An' if thet
+dam breaks----"
+
+"Oh, the dam!" gasped Buster. "I forgot about that! They say it isn't
+safe at all! That is why all the other campers got out! Yes, we must
+leave the island and go to the shore." He turned to Dave. "Did you
+come alone?"
+
+"Yes, Buster. I'll tell you all about it later. But now we must find
+Phil."
+
+"I thought he was right behind me," came from Ben. He looked greatly
+distressed. "I wonder if anything happened to him? Maybe he slipped
+off the rocks into the river!"
+
+"We must look for him!" cried Dave, and reached for his coat and cap.
+"Show me the way you came, Ben."
+
+Ben was nothing loath, and side by side the two chums ran outside into
+the storm, and in the direction of the upper end of the island. They
+had gone but a short distance when they reached a low spot and here
+suddenly found themselves in water several inches deep.
+
+"Hello, you are taking me into the river!" cried Dave.
+
+"This isn't the river!" answered Ben, with a gasp. "Gosh! how the
+water is rising! This was dry when I came over it before!"
+
+"Dry!" ejaculated our hero. "Ben, are you sure?"
+
+"Positive! Say, the water is rising to beat the band! I guess we had
+better get out! If we don't we'll have to swim for it!"
+
+"Phil! Phil! Where are you?"
+
+Standing in water up to his ankles, our hero called again and again,
+and Ben joined in the cry. The lantern was flashed in all directions.
+But nothing was seen or heard of the missing student.
+
+"I am sure he started to follow us across the river," said Ben.
+"Buster was in front, I came next, and Phil was in the rear. I asked
+him twice if he was all right and he said he was. Then it blew so
+hard, and the rain got so heavy, none of us said any more. Oh, Dave,
+what shall we do?"
+
+"I don't know Ben--wish I did."
+
+"Do you think he slipped off the rocks and was--was--drowned?"
+
+"I hope not."
+
+"If he was, wouldn't it be terrible?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+A cry came from behind them, and Buster appeared, followed by Jerry
+Blutt.
+
+"Where is Phil?" demanded the stout youth.
+
+"We don't know."
+
+"The water is terribly high, and Jerry thinks we had better move to
+the shore. He says we might be drowned if that dam should break."
+
+"Don't you think we ought to find Phil first?"
+
+"Sure--if we can. Maybe he went back, when he found out how the water
+was rising," went on the stout youth, hopefully.
+
+"I don't think he'd desert us," answered Ben. "That isn't Phil's
+style."
+
+"You're right, Ben," said Dave.
+
+All splashed around in the water for several minutes, but without
+making any discovery of importance. The river was now rising more
+rapidly than ever, and the camp-worker showed increased nervousness.
+
+"Ain't no two ways about it--the dam's bust!" he cried, at last. "I'm
+goin' to git out, an' I advise all o' you to do the same. If you want
+me to carry anything to shore I'll do it."
+
+"We can't carry any trunks in such a hurry," said Buster.
+
+"Let us carry our suit-cases and bundles," said Ben.
+
+With heavy hearts, Dave and the others returned to the cabin. The
+water in the cove had now risen so high that it swept the edge of the
+lean-to.
+
+"Can we get to shore?" asked Buster. "We haven't any boat," he added,
+turning to Dave.
+
+"We can if you'll hurry," replied Jerry Blutt. "Every minit lost makes
+it jest so much more dangerous."
+
+In great haste Ben and Buster and the camp-worker gathered together
+such belongings as they could conveniently carry. The other things
+were placed in a trunk and hoisted by ropes into a big tree. Then a
+lantern was tied on a post in front of the cabin and to it was
+fastened a brief note, for Phil's benefit, stating they had gone to
+the shore.
+
+"Oh, I hope he is safe!" murmured Dave, anxiously.
+
+"So do I," added his chums.
+
+Jerry Blutt led the way along the shore of the island and then out
+into the stream. They had the second camp lantern with them, one
+belonging to Jerry. He led the way from rock to rock, and they
+followed in single file, Dave bringing up the rear. Ever and anon our
+hero looked back for some sign of Phil, but without avail.
+
+Once out in the river, all were certain that the dam above Camptown
+Falls had burst. The water ran with great rapidity and was filled with
+dirt and débris of various kinds. On the rocks that were low they had
+all they could do to keep their footing.
+
+The most dangerous part of the river had yet to be passed--a section
+close to the shore, where the water was deep and the rocks for fording
+few.
+
+"Mind your footin' here!" sang out the camp-worker. "An' if you slip,
+look out thet you don't hurt yourselves!"
+
+He was splashing along in water up to his knees, sometimes on the
+rocks and then again on a sandbar running in that direction. Then he
+had to make a turn, to avoid a deep portion of the stream, where the
+current was rapid.
+
+Ben was behind the man and Buster was just ahead of Dave. As all
+struggled along, there came an extra heavy blast of wind, followed by
+a perfect deluge of rain.
+
+"Oh!" screamed Buster, an instant later, and peering through the rain,
+Dave saw him suddenly throw up his arms and slip from a rock. There
+was a splash, and poor Buster disappeared from view.
+
+"Buster is in the river!" yelled our hero, and then he leaped for the
+rock from which the stout youth had fallen. He looked down and saw an
+arm and a head come up.
+
+"Help! hel----" came from the unfortunate one, and then the swift
+current caught him and turned him over, out of sight.
+
+"Help!" yelled Dave, to attract the attention of those ahead. And
+then, as he saw Ben turn back, he slipped down on the rock and into
+the swirling river and struck out after Buster.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+PERILS OF THE FLOOD
+
+
+"Dave! Dave!" yelled Ben, as he saw our hero disappear into the
+swiftly-flowing river. "Look out, or you'll both be drowned!"
+
+"What's the trouble?" yelled Jerry Blutt, as he turned back for the
+first time since leaving the island.
+
+"Buster slipped in, and Dave went after him," answered Ben. "Oh, what
+shall we do?" he went on, despairingly.
+
+"Here--we'll throw out the rope!" answered the camp-worker, and took
+from his shoulder a rope he carried.
+
+In the meantime Dave had come up and was striking out with might and
+main for his chum. Our hero realized that Buster must be hurt,
+otherwise he would swim to save himself.
+
+"Must have struck on his head, when he went over," he thought, and he
+was right, poor Buster had done just that and now lay half-unconscious
+as the current swept him further and further from his friends.
+
+It was too dark to see much, and Dave had all he could do to keep in
+sight of the unfortunate one. But presently the stout youth's body
+struck against a rock and was held there, and our hero came up and
+seized the lad by the arm.
+
+"Buster! Buster!" he called out. "What's wrong? Can't you swim?"
+
+"Hel--help me!" gasped the fat youth. "I--I got a knock on the head.
+I'm so--so dizzy I do--don't know what I--I'm do--doing!"
+
+The current now tore Buster away from the rock, and he and Dave
+floated along on the bosom of the river for a distance of fifty yards.
+It was impossible to do much swimming in that madly-rushing element
+and Dave wisely steered for shore. He continued to support his friend,
+who seemed unable to do anything for himself.
+
+At length, when our hero was all but exhausted, his feet struck a
+sandbar. At once he stood up, finding himself in water that reached to
+his waist. He caught up Buster and placed the weakened lad over his
+shoulder. In a dim, uncertain way he saw the shore loom up in front of
+him, and struck out in that direction.
+
+It was a short but hard struggle. Twice Dave went down, once losing
+his hold on his chum. But he got up each time and went after Buster in
+a hurry. Then he made a final dash, came in contact with some bushes,
+and hauled himself and his burden to temporary safety.
+
+All was dark around the two boys, and the rain came down as pitilessly
+as ever. But for this they did not, just then, care. They had been
+close to death, and now they were safe, and that counted for
+everything.
+
+Poor Buster had received a severe bump on the forehead and had a
+swelling there of considerable size. But the stunning effect was
+passing, and he was able to sit up and peer around him.
+
+"Oh, what a crack I got, when I fell over!" he murmured, and then he
+added, gratefully: "It was a fine thing for you to jump in after me,
+Dave!"
+
+"Well, I couldn't stand there and see you drown, Buster," answered our
+hero. "I had to do something."
+
+"Where are the others?"
+
+"Up the stream--unless they went overboard, too."
+
+"Then I suppose we ought to walk that way."
+
+"We will--after we get our breath and you feel strong enough."
+
+"Maybe you can call to them?"
+
+"I'll try."
+
+Dave yelled at the top of his voice, not once but several times.
+Presently an answering hail arose from a distance, and then Ben came
+running up, followed by Jerry.
+
+"Dave! Buster! Are you safe?"
+
+"Yes," answered both.
+
+"Oh, I am so glad! We were afraid you were both drowned! How did it
+happen?"
+
+The two told their story, and then the others told how they had thrown
+out the rope and had seen Dave disappear in the darkness after
+Buster.
+
+"I would have jumped in, too, but I didn't see how I could do any
+good," went on Ben. "Jerry said we had better come ashore and look for
+you down here. So we did that. My! but it's a fearful flood, isn't
+it!"
+
+"Yes. I wish we knew where Phil was," and Dave heaved a deep sigh. Had
+their chum lost his life in that rapidly-rising river?
+
+"Ain't no ust to stay here--gitting wetter an' wetter," said the
+camp-worker, after a pause. "Besides, if that flood gits wuss it is
+bound to come up here. We better git further back--up the hill."
+
+"Is there any shelter around here? I mean on high ground?" asked
+Dave.
+
+"Yes, I know of a cabin up on the hill," answered Buster. "I don't
+know if I can find it in the rain and darkness, but I can try."
+
+He walked along, through the trees, until he reached a footpath
+running up from the shore. They followed the path for about a hundred
+yards, and then came in sight of a long, low, rambling cabin, the home
+in years gone by of some lumbermen. It was in a dilapidated state,
+with doors and windows gone, but it would provide a roof over their
+heads, and that was something.
+
+Entering, the lantern was hung on a nail, and they looked around them.
+There was a fireplace, with some dry sticks handy, and soon they had a
+fire started, which added much to the comfort of the surroundings.
+They hung up the majority of their wet garments and sat close to the
+blaze, drying themselves.
+
+"If I only knew where to look for Phil, I'd go after him," said Dave.
+"But to look for him in the darkness is like looking for the
+proverbial needle in the haystack."
+
+"We'll have to go out first thing in the morning," returned Ben.
+
+"Yes, as soon as we can see," added Buster.
+
+The boys who had run away were anxious to learn what Dave had to say
+about affairs at Oakdale, and in a low voice, while the camp-worker
+was preparing hot coffee and something to eat, he related what had
+happened since their departure.
+
+"You made a big mistake to run away," he said, earnestly. "Just
+because you did that, many folks feel sure you must be guilty. You
+ought to go right back and face the music."
+
+"I guess you are right, Dave," answered Ben, shamefacedly. "But when
+Phil said 'run,' I didn't stop to think, but just got out."
+
+"And that is what I did, too," added the stout youth. "But I don't
+blame Phil any more than I blame myself," he added, hastily.
+
+"Nor do I," said Ben. "We made a big mistake. We should have stood our
+ground, like you and Roger did."
+
+"Well, you come back with me, and we'll face this to a finish," went
+on our hero. "But, of course, we've got to find Phil first."
+
+Only the camp-worker slept well that night. The boys were restless,
+and several times one or another got up, to go to the doorway and
+listen, thinking he had heard a call from Phil. But the calls were
+only imaginary, and morning dawned without a sign of the missing one.
+
+It was still raining, but not so hard as before, and by eight o'clock
+the clouds broke away and the sun commenced to shine. All had an early
+breakfast, from the stores brought along, and then the party hurried
+down to the river.
+
+That the dam above Camptown Falls had broken was plainly evident on
+all sides. During the night the river had risen seven or eight feet,
+bearing on its bosom many trees and bushes, with here and there the
+remains of camps that had been located on low ground. Moosetail Island
+had been swept from end to end, only the higher spots escaping the
+flood. The waters were now going down, the rush from the broken dam
+having spent itself.
+
+The boys gave scant heed to the destruction effected by the rain and
+the broken dam. All their thoughts were centered on Phil. What had
+become of their chum? Was he dead or alive?
+
+"I wonder if it wouldn't be best to get over to the island and look
+around?" suggested Dave. "Most likely he went there--thinking you
+would be at the cabin."
+
+"But how are we to get to the island?" asked Buster. He had no desire
+to fall into the turbulent stream again.
+
+"Oh, the water is going down rapidly, Buster. I think we can make it
+by noon."
+
+All walked up and down the river bank, looking in vain for some trace
+of the shipowner's son. Once they met some people from another camp
+and asked about Phil. But these folks shook their heads.
+
+"Didn't see a soul," said one of the men.
+
+Jerry Blutt had been looking the situation over carefully, and he said
+he thought they could get to the island by going up the river a
+distance.
+
+"Then the current will help us along, and we won't have to fight so
+hard," said the camp-worker. He did not like the idea of crossing the
+water, but did not wish to desert the boys.
+
+On the trip they carried the rope, with Jerry at the head and Dave at
+the rear. All took tight hold, so that if one slipped the others might
+pull him up.
+
+"Now, take it easy," cautioned the camp man. "This water is runnin'
+putty swift, even yet."
+
+He had mapped out a course with his eye, and proceeded slowly and
+cautiously. Once away from the shore, they felt the full force of the
+onrushing waters and were all but swept from their feet. It was well
+that they were a good distance above Moosetail Island, for to reach
+this spot by going straight out in the stream would have been
+impossible.
+
+It was a long, hard, and dangerous trip, and all drew a deep breath of
+relief when they finally set foot on the island. At times they had
+been in water up to their waists and it had looked as if they must
+surely be swept away. Once a tree branch, coming swiftly along, had
+caught Dave and literally carried him off his feet for several yards.
+
+They landed at one end of the island, at a point where the bushes were
+still two feet under water. The evidences of the flood were on every
+hand, and the water was muddy and filled with broken-away brushwood
+and trees.
+
+"I guess we had better strike out for the camp," said Dave. "Phil
+would go there if he went anywhere."
+
+As they advanced one or another gave a loud call. But no answer came
+back, and this made them look gravely at each other. Was the perilous
+trip to the island to prove a vain one?
+
+In a quarter of an hour they came in sight of the camp. The cove had
+been blotted out, and the water was eddying around the cabin to a
+depth of several inches. Mud was everywhere, inside the place and out,
+and this showed that the flood had swept the spot at a height of
+several feet.
+
+"We might have stayed here," was Buster's comment. "It didn't hurt the
+big tree."
+
+"But we didn't know how bad it was going to be," answered Ben. "It
+might have washed away the whole island."
+
+"Let us go up to the high ground and look for Phil," suggested Dave.
+"Maybe he went to the highest spot he could find."
+
+The others agreed, and leaving the camp-worker at the cabin, the boys,
+led by Buster, tramped through the wet and mud to a little hill. Again
+they set up their calls, but, as before, no answer came back.
+
+"I don't believe he came here," said Ben, at last. "If he was here he
+would surely hear us."
+
+"Unless he was hurt and couldn't answer," returned Dave.
+
+From the top of the little hill they could see both ends of Moosetail
+Island and also both shores of the river. As they gazed about them,
+Dave suddenly gave a shout.
+
+"Look! look!" he cried, pointing to the shore which they had left but
+a short while before. "There is somebody waving a handkerchief at
+us!"
+
+"It's Phil!" returned Ben.
+
+"Are you sure?" questioned Buster. "I can see it is a man or a boy,
+but that is all."
+
+"It looks like Phil," said Dave. "Oh, I hope it is!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+BACK TO THE SCHOOL
+
+
+They waved frantically to the person on the shore, and he waved
+frantically in return, and at last all were convinced that it must
+really be their missing chum.
+
+"He must think I am Jerry," said Dave. "Won't he be surprised to see
+me!"
+
+"He will be, unless he was at the cabin last night and read the note,"
+returned Buster.
+
+"The note wasn't touched," said Ben. "I noticed that it was exactly as
+we left it."
+
+All gave a parting wave and pointed to the shore, and then left the
+hill. They made their way down to the cabin, and told the camp-worker
+what they had seen.
+
+"It must be Lawrence," said Jerry Blutt. "Maybe he'll come over here,
+instead of waiting for us to go to him."
+
+"Gracious, I never thought of that!" cried Buster.
+
+"We'll be like the men in one of Shadow's stories," said Ben. "One was
+upstairs in a big office building and one downstairs. The man
+upstairs went down, and the downstairs man went up, and they kept that
+up until both stopped, tired out, one upstairs and one down." And the
+others had to smile at the brief yarn.
+
+All journeyed to the lower shore of the island, where they could get a
+better view of the spot where the person they thought was Phil had
+been. They saw the party walking up the river bank, looking for a good
+place to ford. All shouted loudly and waved their hands to keep him
+where he was, and he nodded his head deeply, to show that he
+understand.
+
+"It must be Phil," said Dave. "Oh, how thankful I am that he wasn't
+carried away by the flood!"
+
+The boys were impatient to get back to the shore, and Jerry Blutt did
+not blame them. To carry any of the stuff over was still out of the
+question, and they did not attempt it.
+
+"You can come and get it some day, Jerry," said Buster. "You can ship
+it to us by express, and we'll pay you for your trouble;" and so it
+was arranged.
+
+It was as hard to gain the shore as it had been to reach the island,
+and all were well-nigh exhausted when they finally left the water, not
+to return again. Phil saw them coming, and when he made out Dave he
+was almost dumfounded.
+
+"Where in the world did you come from?" he demanded, as he caught our
+hero by the hand.
+
+"From Oakdale, Phil."
+
+"Did you run away, too?" demanded the shipowner's son.
+
+"Hardly," answered Dave, with a grin. "I came to bring you fellows
+back. But first tell us, how did you get out of the flood last
+night?"
+
+"Oh, I had a fierce time of it. I tried to get back to the camp, but
+stumbled over some tree-roots and went down in a hole and hurt my
+ankle. When I got up I couldn't see the others, and I must have lost
+my way. Then it began to rain and get dark, and I didn't know which
+way to turn. I yelled dozens of times, but I didn't hear any answer. I
+tried to locate the cabin, but I must have been completely turned
+around, for I came out on the shore. Then the flood came along, and
+before I knew it I was floating down the river. I hit a tree and clung
+to that, and we drifted a mile or more before the tree got stuck on a
+sandbar. I stayed there, in the rain and darkness, until morning and
+then waded and swam ashore. I was so tired out I had to rest for
+awhile, and then I came up here, to try to find out something about
+our crowd. I was thinking of getting over to the island again when I
+saw you on the top of the hill. Of course, I thought Dave was
+Jerry."
+
+"We were scared to death, thinking you had been drowned," said Ben.
+
+"Well, I came pretty close to it," was the serious reply. "No more
+such flood for me!"
+
+All turned towards the cabin where four of the party had spent the
+night, and there Jerry was called on to prepare the best meal their
+limited stores afforded. On the river-bank they had picked up some
+fish cast up by the flood, and these were broiled, making a welcome
+addition to the meal.
+
+While the meal was being prepared, and after it had been eaten, Dave
+had a serious talk with Phil and the others, and all realized the
+folly they had committed in running away from Oak Hall. Phil in
+particular, was much disturbed and said he had been thinking of coming
+back.
+
+"But we saw that article in the newspaper, and it scared us," went on
+the shipowner's son. "Of course, it didn't mention any names, but we
+knew it was meant for us. I know now, just as well as the others, that
+it was a mistake to run away."
+
+"Then, you'll go back with me?" questioned Dave, eagerly.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"And you'll go back, too, Ben and Buster?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"I am mighty glad to hear it--and I feel that this thing will come
+out all right in the end," returned Dave.
+
+"By the way, there is one thing I haven't told you, Dave," said
+Buster, a minute later. "The general excitement drove it clean out of
+my head. We know who it was that spoiled the feast Phil got up for the
+crowd."
+
+"You do?" asked our hero, with interest.
+
+"Yes. It was Nat Poole. He went to Rockville and sent those telephone
+messages to Jason Sparr and that musical professor, calling the whole
+affair off. He did it because he wasn't invited to take part."
+
+"How did you learn this?"
+
+"I heard it the night I went to the Hall to get our baggage. When I
+was in hiding, waiting for a chance to go to the dormitory, I saw Nat
+Poole come in, along with that new student, Will Fasey. They had been
+out somewhere having a good time, and Nat was telling Fasey how he had
+sent the telephone messages and queered the feast. I would have
+pitched into him then and there only I didn't dare expose myself,"
+went on the stout youth.
+
+"But he'll get what is coming to him from me, when I get back to the
+school," put in Phil. "It was a contemptible piece of business, and I
+want everybody to know it. Besides, he has got to pay for what I lost
+by the transaction."
+
+"If it wasn't for that, maybe we wouldn't have been suspected of
+blowing up the hotel," said Ben. "Then you really think the wild man
+did it, Dave?"
+
+"Yes."
+
+"But what of that letter Jason Sparr got, saying our crowd was
+guilty?"
+
+"I don't know what to make of that, Ben. I don't think the wild man
+could write that."
+
+"Would Nat Poole be bad enough to do it?"
+
+"Maybe. But it was an awful thing to do. I didn't think Nat would be
+as mean as that."
+
+The boys had dried and pressed their clothing as best they could, and
+put on clean collars, cuffs, and neckties, and therefore looked quite
+presentable once more.
+
+"As soon as we get to town we can get cleaned up a little better,"
+said Dave. "So we won't look quite like tramps when we return to the
+Hall."
+
+"I hate to face Doctor Clay," remarked Phil, dubiously.
+
+"So do I," added Ben and Buster.
+
+"Well, it has got to be done," answered Dave. "So make the best of it.
+The doctor understands the situation, so I don't think he'll be hard
+on you."
+
+"I hope they have got the wild man, and that they prove he blew up the
+hotel," said Phil, wistfully. "That is the only thing that will
+really clear us."
+
+"Oh, they are bound to get the wild man sooner or later," answered
+Dave, hopefully.
+
+It was decided to take the one afternoon train from Camptown Falls,
+and at the proper time the boys walked to the little depot, Dave with
+his suit-case, and the others with some hand baggage. Instructions
+were left with Jerry Blutt regarding the other baggage, and the man
+was paid for his services. He said he was glad that nobody had been
+drowned in the flood, and added that he was going up to the
+broken-away dam later on to see how matters looked.
+
+It was a rather quiet crowd that got aboard the train when it came
+along. The conductor wanted to know how they had fared in the flood,
+and they told him. At Lumberport the boys had to wait an hour for the
+next train to Oakdale Junction, and they spent the time in getting a
+good supper, and in having their shoes shined, and in brushing up
+generally.
+
+"I'll be glad to get back late at night," said Phil to Dave. "I'd hate
+to have the whole crowd staring at us when we came in."
+
+At the Junction they waited but a few minutes, and the run to Oakdale
+did not take long. They were the only ones to get off at the depot,
+and the spot was all but deserted. But they had telegraphed ahead,
+and Horsehair was on hand, with a carriage, to meet them.
+
+"Glad to see you young gents back, indeed I am," said the school
+driver.
+
+"Any news, Horsehair?" asked Dave, as they piled into the carriage.
+
+"Not as I know of."
+
+"Have they got that wild man yet?" questioned Phil.
+
+"No, sir. But they seen him--along the river--day before yesterday. He
+was sleepin' in a barn. But he got away before the farmer and his man
+could git him."
+
+"Where was that?" questioned Ben.
+
+"Up to the Morrison place."
+
+"The Morrison place," mused Buster. "I know that family. When I get a
+chance I am going to ask them about this," he added.
+
+When the boys arrived at Oak Hall they found Doctor Clay sitting up to
+receive them. He smiled at Dave, but was somewhat cold towards the
+others.
+
+"It is too late to listen to what you have to say to-night," said he.
+"All of you may report in my office directly after our opening
+exercises in the morning."
+
+When the boys went upstairs there were a good many exclamations of
+surprise, and Roger and the others wanted to ask innumerable
+questions. But a monitor cut all talk short, and Dave and the
+runaways got to bed as quickly as possible.
+
+All were up early, and Dave, Phil, and the others had to tell their
+story before going down to breakfast. Roger and those who had been
+left behind with him listened eagerly to the tale of the flood and the
+other happenings.
+
+"I guess Dave got there just in time," said the senator's son. "How
+about it, Buster?"
+
+"He sure did," said the stout lad, and shuddered to think how close he
+had been to drowning.
+
+It can well be imagined that Phil, Ben, and Buster did not have much
+appetite for breakfast. Phil looked around for Nat Poole, but the
+money-lender's son had not yet returned to the school.
+
+"Now, tell me everything," said Doctor Clay, when the boys at length
+filed into his office. "As they say in court, we want the truth, the
+whole truth, and nothing but the truth."
+
+"And that is what I'm going to give you, Doctor Clay," answered Phil.
+"I made a big mistake in running away, and I am glad Dave came to
+bring us back. I haven't done anything wrong, and I am here to face
+the music, as the saying goes."
+
+"And so am I," came from Ben and Buster.
+
+Then the boys told their story in detail, omitting nothing, and Dave
+related how he had gone to Camptown Falls, and how the flood had
+caught him. In the midst of the narrative came a sharp knock on the
+door.
+
+"Come in," said the doctor, and one of the servants entered.
+
+"A man to see you, sir," said the servant. "He says it is very
+important--something about that wild man, sir! He's terribly excited,
+sir!"
+
+"The wild man again!" murmured the master of the school, while the
+boys looked at him and the servant with interest. "Show the visitor in
+and I will hear what he has to say."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+THE TRAIL THROUGH THE WOODS
+
+
+In a minute the servant ushered in a farmer whom the boys recognized
+as Henry Morrison, a man who had a farm along the river-front, about a
+mile from Oak Hall.
+
+"Good-morning, sir," said the farmer, bowing to the doctor and then to
+the boys. "Excuse me for being in such a hurry, but I thought you
+would like to know."
+
+"I'll be glad to hear what you have to say, Mr. Morrison," replied the
+master of the school. "Sit down," and he pointed to a handy chair.
+
+"It's about that wild man, Doctor Clay!" exclaimed the farmer,
+dropping into the seat and mopping his forehead with his handkerchief.
+"It's something terribul, the way he carries on. He 'most scared my
+wife to death!"
+
+"He has been to your place again?"
+
+"Yes, sir, last night. He was in the barn, and he jumped out at my
+wife and said he was going to blow the fort to pieces! She got so
+scared she dropped her pailful of milk and ran to the house. I got
+mad and got my shotgun, but the fellow had skipped out before I could
+catch sight of him."
+
+"What time was this?"
+
+"Just about six o'clock. But that ain't all. This morning I started
+for town, intending to tell the constable and the justice about it,
+when all of a sudden, when I was passing the end of your property, I
+see the wild man down there, behind a tree."
+
+"Just now?" asked Dave, eagerly.
+
+"Not more'n a quarter of an hour ago. That's why I stepped in here.
+He's a dangerous man, Doctor Clay, and I think he ought to be rounded
+up!" went on Henry Morrison, earnestly.
+
+"You are right, he certainly ought to be put under restraint,"
+answered the master of Oak Hall. "I will see to this at once. Will you
+assist in the hunt, Mr. Morrison?"
+
+"Of course--if I don't have to go alone. I don't think it is safe for
+anybody to tackle him alone, he's that wild and dangerous."
+
+"Can we take part in the search?" asked Phil, eagerly. "Oh, do let us
+do it, Doctor Clay!" he pleaded.
+
+"I suppose so, if you will promise to be careful. Mr. Morrison, can
+you point out the exact spot where you saw the man?"
+
+"Of course I can."
+
+"Then we will at once make up a searching party."
+
+Doctor Clay could act quickly when the occasion demanded, and inside
+of ten minutes a searching party was made up, composed of Dave and his
+chums, Mr. Dale, Horsehair, and several men who chanced to be working
+around the grounds.
+
+"Oh, I hope we catch him and are able to prove that he blew up the
+hotel dining-room," said Phil to Dave.
+
+"So do I, Phil."
+
+Henry Morrison led the way, and it was not long before the spot was
+gained where he had seen Wilbur Poole. From that point a path ran from
+the river back into the woods.
+
+"Maybe he took that path," suggested our hero, and several thought the
+same.
+
+"I think we had better scatter," suggested Mr. Dale, who had been
+placed in charge by the doctor. "By doing that we can cover a wide
+range of territory in a comparatively short space of time. And keep as
+quiet as possible, for should he hear us he will most likely start and
+run."
+
+"If he didn't run when he saw Mr. Morrison," murmured Buster. "He may
+be miles away already."
+
+The crowd separated into pairs, Dave and Phil going together and Roger
+going with Ben, and Buster with Horsehair. All had armed themselves
+with sticks, and Mr. Dale carried a pair of handcuffs, and one of the
+hired men had a rope.
+
+Deeper and deeper into the woods went the party, spread out in a long
+line. They had examined the river-front and felt fairly certain that
+the wild man had not left by boat.
+
+"Looks like a wild-goose chase," remarked Phil, with a sigh, after a
+half an hour had passed.
+
+"Oh, we don't want to give up yet," answered Dave. "Why, it isn't much
+after ten o'clock. We can stay out till noon, at least."
+
+"I'd stay out all day, if I thought we could catch him," returned the
+shipowner's son, promptly.
+
+Presently the boys espied a small stone house, standing beside a brook
+which flowed through the woods into the river. In the house lived an
+old man who made his living by making baskets and fancy articles of
+birch bark.
+
+"Let us see if old Herick is around," suggested Dave. "He may be able
+to tell us something."
+
+They found the old man hard at work on a fancy basket. He looked
+surprised when thus suddenly confronted by the students.
+
+"Did I see a wild man?" he queried, in reply to their question. "I
+guess I did,--at least he acted queer enough. He danced up here, made
+a deep bow, and told me the army would be along in four minutes. Then
+he made another bow and walked off, as stiff as a drum-major."
+
+"When was this?" demanded Dave.
+
+"About half an hour ago."
+
+"And which way did he go?" put in Phil, eagerly.
+
+"That way," and the old basket-maker pointed up the brook. "Walked
+right in the water, too. I was going to follow him at first but then I
+didn't think it was any use."
+
+The boys waited to hear no more, but telling old Herick to watch for
+the other searchers and tell them about the wild man, they set off up
+the brook as fast as they could travel.
+
+As the chums progressed they looked to the right and left, wondering
+if Wilbur Poole had kept to the tiny watercourse or taken to the
+woods, which were now exceedingly dense.
+
+"I see his footprints!" cried Phil, as they passed a sandy stretch.
+"Anyway, those marks look fresh."
+
+"I fancy you are right, Phil, and if so, he can't be very far ahead of
+us."
+
+They went on, following the windings of the stream until it became
+less than a foot wide. It came to an end at a number of springs among
+the rocks.
+
+"Fine, cold water," announced Dave. "Here is a chance for a good
+drink, Phil."
+
+Both were drinking their fill when a loud voice suddenly challenged
+them.
+
+"Ha! What are you doing at my fountain?"
+
+Both looked up hurriedly and saw the wild man standing on the highest
+of the rocks. He had his arms folded and was glaring at them sternly.
+
+"Oh!" murmured Phil. "Say, Dave, there he is! What shall we do?"
+
+"Let us try to make friends with him," suggested Dave. "If we don't,
+he may run away, and he can easily do that in these thick woods."
+
+"If we could only notify the others!"
+
+"You can go back if you wish, while I talk to him."
+
+"Aren't you afraid?"
+
+"Oh, I reckon I can take care of myself," answered Dave.
+
+"Do you not know I gave a million dollars for these fountains?" went
+on the wild man.
+
+"Well, they are worth it," answered Dave, calmly. "It is very good
+water. Why don't you have it bottled, Mr. Poole?"
+
+"Who calls me Poole? I am the King of Sumatra. My army is following
+me."
+
+"To blow up another fort, I suppose," said Phil, as he commenced to
+back away.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"Then I must go, for I don't want to be blown up," and, so speaking,
+Phil commenced to retreat.
+
+"The fort is not here--it is in Oakdale, close to the other fort,"
+said the wild man, and now he came down from the big rock and stood
+quite close to Dave. There was a strange look of cunning in his eyes,
+and Dave had to shiver, although he did his best to keep calm.
+
+"In Oakdale," said Dave, slowly. "Say, you blew up that hotel fort in
+fine shape, didn't you?"
+
+"Ha! ha! so I did! But I was discovered, worse luck, I was
+discovered!" continued the wild man, with a sad shake of his head.
+"The enemy saw me!"
+
+"Somebody saw you?" queried our hero, with interest.
+
+"Yes, worse luck. But it shan't happen again. Next time I shall go
+masked. I have my mask here." And Wilbur Poole pulled from his pocket
+a mask made of a bit of blue cloth. "I will show you how I wear it."
+And he fastened it over his face by means of a couple of strings.
+
+"Fine! fine!" cried Dave, in pretended delight. He wished to humor the
+man until Phil returned with the others. "It couldn't be better. You
+ought to patent that kind of a mask."
+
+"I will patent it soon, after the other fort is down."
+
+"You just said somebody saw you when you blew up the other," continued
+our hero. "Who was it?"
+
+"Ha! that is a state secret. Only the cabinet must know of it--the
+cabinet and the man who makes shoes."
+
+"I am sorry you won't let me in on your secrets," said Dave. "I want
+to help you. Won't you hire me as a clerk?"
+
+"How much do you want a week?" demanded the wild man, in a
+business-like tone.
+
+"How much will you give?"
+
+"To a good clerk forty dollars."
+
+"Then I'll take the job."
+
+"Very good. Your name is Crusoe, isn't it--Robinson Crusoe?"
+
+"You've got it."
+
+"If I give you the job, you must have your hair shaved off," continued
+the wild man, looking at Dave's hair critically.
+
+"All right, I'll have that done when we reach a barber shop."
+
+"It isn't necessary to wait!" cried Wilbur Poole. "I am a barber."
+
+"You?"
+
+"To be sure--I have a certificate from the Emperor of Siam. See
+here!"
+
+The wild man put his hand into an inner pocket and suddenly brought
+forth a pair of long shears.
+
+"I can cut your hair and shave you," he announced. "Just sit down on
+yonder throne and I'll start to work." And he pointed to a flat
+rock.
+
+The sight of the sharp-pointed shears was not a pleasant one, and when
+the wild man invited him to sit down Dave felt very much like running
+away. The man evidently saw how he felt, and suddenly caught him by
+the arm.
+
+"Sit down!" he thundered. "I won't hurt you. I am an expert barber."
+
+"Let us talk about the job first," said Dave, trying to keep his wits
+about him, although he was terribly disturbed. He wondered how long it
+would be before Phil would return.
+
+"What do you want to know?"
+
+"Will you cut my hair in the latest fashion?"
+
+"I never cut hair in any other way."
+
+"And will you curl the ends? I like curls."
+
+"If you want them, although they make a man look girlish," answered
+the wild man.
+
+"And will you----" went on Dave, when Wilbur Poole suddenly grabbed
+him by both arms and forced him backwards on the flat rock.
+
+"I'll go to work at once!" cried the wild man. "Sit still!" And he
+flourished the shears before our hero's face.
+
+Dave felt a chill run down his backbone. But a moment later he felt a
+thrill of relief, as from the bushes behind the wild man stepped Phil,
+Mr. Dale, and several others.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+THE CAPTURE OF THE WILD MAN
+
+
+"Now then, you may go to work," said our hero, as he saw Mr. Dale come
+up close behind the wild man. "But sharpen the scissors first,
+please."
+
+"I will," was Wilbur Poole's answer, and he opened up the shears and
+commenced to stroke them back and forth on a rock near by.
+
+An instant later the wild man was jerked over backwards and the
+dangerous shears were snatched from his grasp. He commenced to
+struggle, but the whole crowd surrounded him, and before he could
+realize the situation his hands were made fast.
+
+"It is treachery, base treachery!" he groaned. "My army has betrayed
+me!" And he commenced to weep.
+
+"What a terrible state of mind to be in!" murmured Roger. "He is
+certainly as crazy as they make 'em!"
+
+"I guess you are right," answered Phil. "But I am glad we have got
+him."
+
+"He spoke about the blowing up of the hotel," said Dave. "And he said
+somebody saw him do it."
+
+"Who was it?"
+
+"He didn't mention any names."
+
+"Maybe he was simply wandering in his mind," suggested Ben.
+
+"I don't think so," returned Dave. "I think, if he was questioned long
+enough, we could get the truth out of him. He doesn't seem to be crazy
+all the time."
+
+"It's a terrible thing for the Poole family--to have such a crazy man
+in it," was Buster's opinion; and the other lads agreed with him.
+
+The prisoner was marched along the brook, past the home of old Herick,
+and then down the river-road. By this time all the searchers had come
+together, including Henry Morrison and some outsiders.
+
+"I'm mighty glad you've got him," said the farmer. "And I hope he
+don't get away from you."
+
+"He won't get away," answered Mr. Dale.
+
+"The women of this district have been afraid to go out alone," went on
+Henry Morrison. "They'll be glad to know he's been captured."
+
+"We'll have to let the Pooles know right away," said Dave.
+
+"I fancy Doctor Clay will send a telegram," answered Mr. Dale. "And
+in the meanwhile we'll have to take the prisoner to the Oakdale
+lockup."
+
+It was nearly noon when the crowd reached Oak Hall. The wild man had
+but little to say. His capture had evidently broken his spirit, and he
+was inclined to cry. But when Doctor Clay asked him if he would like
+to have something to eat, he brightened up wonderfully.
+
+"It is a sad case," said the master of the Hall. "But under proper
+treatment I think he can be cured."
+
+The news quickly circulated throughout the school that the wild man
+had been caught and that he was Wilbur Poole, an uncle to Nat, and all
+the boys were anxious to catch a sight of the strange individual. The
+teachers and servants were likewise curious, and looked at him as he
+ate his dinner in a corner of the dining-hall, surrounded by those who
+had captured him and who were watching, to see that he did not get
+away. He was not allowed to use a knife and fork, but his food was cut
+up for him and served with a spoon.
+
+The only person at Oak Hall who did not come in to see the wild man
+was Job Haskers. When asked about this, the dictatorial teacher
+shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"Some of the boys are wild enough for me," he said. "I want nothing to
+do with the insane."
+
+"It is a sad case," said the teacher who was addressing Job Haskers.
+
+"There are many just as bad," responded the other, coldly. "It is up
+to the Poole family to look after that man and see that he doesn't
+break out again."
+
+It was decided to take the wild man down to Oakdale in the school
+carryall, to be driven by Horsehair. Mr. Dale was to go along, and so
+were Phil, Dave, Ben, Buster, and Doctor Clay.
+
+The carryall was brought around to the side entrance of the school,
+and Wilbur Poole was told that he was about to take a ride through the
+country. He walked through the hallway willingly enough, but suddenly,
+on turning a corner, set up a shout.
+
+"You! you! I have found you at last!" he cried, rushing forward. "You
+are the one who exposed me! Base soldier that you are! You have ruined
+the whole army!" And in a sudden fit of passion he ran up to Job
+Haskers and caught him by the throat.
+
+"Le--let g-g-go!" gasped the teacher, and tried to shake the man off.
+Then the others ran up, and Wilbur Poole was dragged back and
+handcuffed.
+
+"Do you know that man?" asked Dave, struck by a sudden idea.
+
+"Yes! yes!" groaned the wild man. "He exposed me! The army is lost!"
+
+"How did he expose you?"
+
+"He saw me do it."
+
+"Do what?"
+
+"Blow up the fort-hotel. Oh, what a base villain he was to look on!"
+groaned the wild man, and suddenly commenced to weep.
+
+"What is--the--er--man talking about?" stammered Job Haskers, and all
+saw him turn pale.
+
+"He says you saw him blow up Sparr's place," said Dave, pointedly.
+
+"It is false, absurd!" said the teacher. "I--er--I never saw the
+rascal before."
+
+"He isn't a rascal, Mr. Haskers. He is simply out of his mind,"
+remonstrated Mr. Dale. "He is not accountable for his actions."
+
+"Well, he ought not to say such things," returned the dictatorial
+teacher.
+
+"You saw me--you know you did!" cried Wilbur Poole. "You spoiled
+everything! I might have blown up many forts if it hadn't been for
+you!" And he shook his head dolefully.
+
+"Take him away," said the teacher, and turned his back on the wild
+man.
+
+"Dave, I think the wild man speaks the truth!" whispered Phil to our
+hero.
+
+"Possibly, Phil. I think the matter will bear investigation."
+
+"And if old Haskers saw the thing done, why didn't he tell about it.
+Do you think that letter--"
+
+"It struck me that such might be the truth, Phil. But don't say
+anything until you are sure."
+
+"He was down on us--ever since we mentioned that affair with the Widow
+Breen," went on the shipowner's son.
+
+"I'd like to see that letter Jason Sparr got--saying we were guilty,"
+returned our hero. "Maybe Doctor Clay can get hold of it."
+
+All the way to Oakdale the boys spoke of the case in whispers. Phil
+was quite sure Job Haskers had seen Wilbur Poole blow up the hotel and
+equally sure that the dictatorial teacher had written the letter to
+the hotel-keeper stating he, Dave, and their chums were guilty.
+
+"He thought we'd be locked up, or at least that we'd be sent away from
+the school and he would be rid of us," said Phil. "He is growing
+afraid of us! Oh, if we can prove that he did it, I'll make it hot for
+him!"
+
+"If he did such a thing as that, he ought to be discharged from Oak
+Hall," was Ben's comment.
+
+"I'll get my father to sue him for damages," put in Buster.
+
+"Well, don't be hasty," advised Dave. "There may be some
+mistake--although I think not."
+
+At Oakdale, Wilbur Poole was turned over to the authorities, who
+placed him in a comfortable room attached to the lockup. As it was
+known that he was insane, he could not be counted a criminal, and the
+majority of the people pitied him and hoped that some day he would be
+restored to his right mind.
+
+A telegram was sent to the Poole family, and the next day came a reply
+that some men would come to take Wilbur Poole away to a sanitarium. It
+was established beyond a doubt that he had used the dynamite to blow
+up the dining-room of Sparr's hotel, and, consequently, our hero and
+his chums were cleared of that charge, much to their satisfaction.
+
+"I wonder if Nat will come back?" said Shadow. "I should think he
+would hate to do it."
+
+"I don't think he will," said Luke.
+
+"What will you do if he does come back, Phil?" asked Gus.
+
+"I don't know, Gus. Of course, I'll let him know what I think of him
+for spoiling my plans for a spread. But I hate to be hard on him,
+because of this disgrace about his uncle."
+
+"Yes, that's a terrible thing," was Chip Macklin's comment. "I'd hate
+to have a crazy man in my family."
+
+"Well, such things can't be helped," put in Polly Vane. "The Poole
+family will have to make the best of it."
+
+It was several days later when Nat Poole showed himself. Phil and Dave
+did not see him until later, and both were struck by the change in his
+appearance. He looked haggard and much older, and his arrogance was
+completely gone.
+
+"Got back, eh?" said Phil, walking up to him.
+
+"Yes," returned the money-lender's son, and his voice sounded hollow.
+
+"What have they done with your uncle, Nat?" asked Dave, kindly.
+
+"Put him in another sanitarium, where he will have the best of care
+and doctoring."
+
+"I hope he gets well."
+
+"We all hope that." Nat swallowed a lump in his throat and then looked
+gloomily at Phil. "Well, you got the best of me," he said, shortly.
+
+"How the best of you?" demanded the shipowner's son.
+
+"I understand you found out about that spread."
+
+"I did."
+
+"Well, I'll pay for the damage done--as soon as I get the money. I
+haven't any now--Dad's got too much to pay on Uncle Wilbur's account."
+Nat swallowed another lump in his throat. "I'm sorry I did it now,
+Phil, honest I am," he went on, brokenly.
+
+"Well, if that's the case, let us drop the matter, Nat," was the
+instant reply. "I don't believe in hitting a fellow when he is down.
+You haven't got to pay me anything. The whole thing is past and
+gone,--and that ends it."
+
+"Thank you." Nat wanted to say something more, but his voice suddenly
+broke and he turned away to hide his emotion, and then walked away.
+
+"He's hit and hit hard," said Roger, in a low voice.
+
+"And you did well to drop that matter, Phil," added Dave. "Maybe Nat
+has learned a lesson he won't easily forget."
+
+Dave was right about the lesson Nat Poole had learned. He was deeply
+humiliated, both by the exposure concerning the feast and by what had
+been learned concerning his insane uncle, and for a long time was
+quite another boy.
+
+It may be added here that at a new sanitarium, and under first-class
+medical treatment, a marked change came over Wilbur Poole, and in less
+than a year he was completely cured of his weakmindedness. With a
+nurse as a companion he went into the country to rest both body and
+mind, and later on came out into the world again as well as anybody.
+Strange to say, he remembered nothing of calling himself the King of
+Sumatra, nor of blowing up Jason Sparr's hotel. But others did not
+forget about the blowing up, and the damage done had to be settled for
+by Mr. Aaron Poole, who was his brother's guardian and manager of his
+estate for the time being.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+A BIT OF EVIDENCE
+
+
+"Dave, what do you make of this?"
+
+"Well, to tell the truth, Phil, I don't think much of it."
+
+"You don't think it is a clew?"
+
+"Do you?"
+
+"It's rather faint, I must confess."
+
+"Oh, I don't think there is anything to it," declared Ben.
+
+"There is something, but not a great deal," came from Roger. "I don't
+see how you are going to follow it up."
+
+This talk between the boys occurred after Dave, Phil, Ben, Roger, and
+Buster had called upon Jason Sparr and the justice and insisted on
+seeing the letter the hotel man had received which stated that the
+boys were guilty of blowing up the dining-room of his hostelry.
+
+The hotel man had treated them kindly, for he was in dread that the
+boys would get their folks to sue him for damages. He had offered to
+pay back the money taken from Phil for the spread, and the
+shipowner's son had taken the amount, to which he was justly
+entitled.
+
+The examination of the letter had revealed next to nothing. It was
+evidently written in a disguised hand, but some of the letters looked
+like Job Haskers's handwriting. In the corner of the paper some sort
+of an advertisement had been torn off, only the letters, "_blisher_"
+showing.
+
+"I think those letters are part of the word, '_Publisher_,'" Dave had
+said. "This letter was evidently penned by somebody who used some
+publisher's blank."
+
+"Maybe Job Haskers had those blanks," Phil had exclaimed. "Remember,
+he said he published or was going to publish something once upon a
+time."
+
+The boys talked it over, but could reach no conclusion. Jason Sparr
+told how the letter had come to him, but this added no new light on
+the subject.
+
+"Well, it was a nasty trick, no matter who played it," said Dave.
+
+"I sha'n't rest until I find out who did it," retorted Phil.
+
+All were resolved to watch Job Haskers and also Nat Poole. But while
+doing this they had to turn once more to their studies. Phil, Ben, and
+Buster had to work harder than ever, and so did Dave, to make up for
+the time lost during their absence. But Doctor Clay was kind to them,
+and for once Job Haskers did not say anything, although he showed that
+he expected them to "toe the mark," as Roger expressed it.
+
+Several weeks slipped by, and during that time Oak Hall played several
+games of ball. One game of importance was won, and this was celebrated
+in a befitting manner. Dave attended the games, and so did Phil and
+Roger, but none of the three allowed the sport to interfere with their
+studies. All were "in the grind," and resolved to graduate that coming
+June with the highest possible honors.
+
+During those days Dave received many letters from home. His folks and
+friends were glad to know that the wild man had been captured and the
+mystery of the blowing up cleared away. Jessie sent him a very warm
+letter in particular, congratulating him for bringing back the
+runaways, and saying she hoped he would have no more trouble during
+the final term at Oak Hall. She added that she and all the others
+expected to come to the school at graduation exercises.
+
+"Now it is up to me to make good," said Dave, after reading this
+letter several times. "Dad expects it, and Jessie, and everybody, and
+I am not going to disappoint them."
+
+But it was no light task to remain at the top of the senior class, or
+even near it, for there were bright seniors in plenty, including the
+studious Polly Vane, who seemed the brightest of all. But Dave plugged
+away, day after day, resolved to keep at it until the very last. He
+was writing on his theme and had it about half finished.
+
+"One month more and it will all be over but the shouting," said Roger
+one day, as he came into the room where Dave was studying.
+
+"All over but the shouting or weeping," returned Phil, who was
+present. "I am afraid some of the fellows will do more weeping than
+cheering," he added, grimly.
+
+"Let us hope that everybody passes," said Dave, looking up with a
+quiet smile.
+
+"Such a thing has never been done," said Ben. "Somebody is bound to
+drop by the wayside--I hope it isn't yours truly," and he sank his
+head again into his book.
+
+"I think old Haskers is commencing to tighten the screws again," said
+Buster. "He let up for a while, after the wild man was caught, but
+yesterday and to-day--phew! we caught it, didn't we?"
+
+"We sure did!" cried Phil. "I can't understand that man. Why is he a
+teacher when he just naturally hates boys?"
+
+"That's a conundrum that can't be answered," said the senator's son.
+
+"Well, we won't weep on leaving him," remarked Luke, dryly.
+
+"Say, that puts me in mind of a story," said Shadow. "Once on a time a
+man in an auto ran into a boy carrying a cat in a basket. He didn't
+hurt the boy much but he killed the cat. Says he, 'I am sorry, my boy,
+and I'll pay you for the cat. How much?' 'I--I don't know,' blubbered
+the boy. 'Will two dollars do?' asked the man. 'Yes,' says the boy,
+and took the money. 'Were you taking the cat home?' asked the man,
+when he was ready to drive on. 'No,' said the boy. 'I was going to
+take him down to the canal and drown him!'" And there was a smile over
+Shadow's yarn.
+
+It had been a blustery day, and as night came on the wind increased in
+violence, until it fairly howled around Oak Hall. It tore through the
+branches of the oaks that gave the place its name, until it looked as
+if some of the trees might be broken off by the fury of the elements.
+
+"My gracious! I never saw such a wind!" cried Roger, as he came in
+from a trip to the gymnasium.
+
+"It must be fierce at sea," returned Dave, who was with him. "I am
+glad I am on shore. The newspapers will tell about wrecks along the
+coast to-morrow."
+
+Nobody thought of going out that evening, and the boys put in the time
+studying and reading. The windows rattled, and occasionally a shutter
+banged, and a good night's rest seemed out of the question.
+
+"My, what a night for a fire!" remarked Phil, while he and his chums
+were undressing.
+
+"Don't mention such a thing!" returned Ben, with a shiver. "It would
+burn down everything!"
+
+At last the boys retired. A few dropped off to sleep, but Dave was not
+one of them. He had studied hard and was restless, and the fury of the
+elements added to his nervousness.
+
+At last he could stand it no longer to remain in bed, and got up to
+sit in an easy-chair for awhile.
+
+He was just crossing the dormitory floor when there came an extra
+heavy blast of wind outside, followed by a crash, as one of the giant
+oaks standing close to the school building was broken off near the
+top. Then came another crash, a jingling of glass, and a sudden wild
+cry for help.
+
+"Hello, something's gone through a window!" Dave muttered. "Maybe it's
+in the next room!"
+
+He ran to the window and looked out. Just below the window-sill he saw
+some branches of the broken tree. He looked down and noted that the
+tree-top had gone into the window of the room below.
+
+"What's the row?" cried Roger, springing up and rubbing his eyes.
+
+"Is the roof caving in?" asked Phil.
+
+"Some tree-branches came down and went through the window right below
+us," answered Dave. "Listen!"
+
+All did so, and heard the cry for help repeated.
+
+"It's Job Haskers calling!" said the senator's son. "He uses the room
+below us now."
+
+"Let us see if he is hurt," suggested another of the boys.
+
+Clad in their pajamas, the boys flocked out into the hallway, there to
+be joined by others. Word was passed around of what had occurred, and
+all made their way to the door of the instructor's apartment. They
+heard him yelling for help with all his might.
+
+The door was locked, and Dave and some others put their shoulders to
+the barrier and forced it open. All was dark in the room, and the wind
+was rushing around, sending books, pictures, and other things in all
+directions.
+
+Several matches were struck, and at last a sheltered light was lit.
+Doctor Clay, Mr. Dale, and some of the other teachers had now arrived,
+and instructors and students gazed curiously at the scene before
+them.
+
+The top of the tree had come straight through the big window of the
+apartment, crashing down on a bureau and a writing-desk, smashing both
+flat. Some branches of the tree rested on the side of the bed, pinning
+Job Haskers against the wall, as if in a cage.
+
+[Illustration: "HELP ME! SAVE ME!" SPLUTTERED THE TERROR-STRICKEN
+TEACHER.--_Page 287_.]
+
+"Help me! Save me!" spluttered the terror-stricken teacher. "I am
+being crushed to death!"
+
+"All hands to the tree!" shouted Mr. Dale, and showed what he meant.
+Boys and men took hold of the tree-branches and pulled them to one
+side.
+
+"Are you much hurt, Mr. Haskers?" asked Doctor Clay, kindly.
+
+"I--I don't know, I think so!" gasped the teacher. His face was white
+and he was shivering from fright.
+
+"Can't you crawl under the branches?" asked Mr. Dale. "Here, come this
+way."
+
+He showed how it could be done, and trembling from head to feet, the
+scared teacher got out from under the tree-top. His face and one
+shoulder were scratched, but otherwise he appeared to be unhurt. But
+all were forced to acknowledge that he had had a narrow escape.
+
+"You had better take one of the spare rooms, Mr. Haskers," said Doctor
+Clay, as another blast of wind swept through the room. "You cannot
+remain here, with this tree-top in the room. And I am afraid we shall
+have to saw it up to get it out again. You can be thankful that your
+life has been spared."
+
+"The furniture is smashed!" murmured the teacher.
+
+"Never mind the furniture, so long as you are not hurt. It can be
+mended, and all the window needs is some new sash."
+
+"My things have been scattered," grumbled the teacher. "A perfect
+mess!"
+
+"Leave it until morning--you can do nothing to-night," said the
+doctor; and so it was finally decided, and teachers and pupils trooped
+off to bed. The broken-in door was closed, but it could not be
+locked.
+
+The boys had scarcely gotten back to the dormitories when Dave called
+Phil, Ben, Roger, and Buster to one side.
+
+"Now is our chance," he whispered. "Did you notice that the bureau and
+the writing-desk in Haskers's room were smashed? It may not be the
+most honorable thing to do, but I think we are justified in looking
+his things over and seeing if we can't find some clew to that letter
+Jason Sparr received."
+
+"Right you are!" declared Phil, promptly, and the others said
+practically the same.
+
+They waited until the other boys had retired once more, and then, at a
+signal from Dave, all filed silently into the hallway again and
+tiptoed their way to the room below. Soon, they were inside and had
+the light lit, and also a lantern which belonged to Ben's bicycle,
+and which he had chanced to have on hand.
+
+Silently and with great care the boys went over the many things that
+had been scattered over the floor--wearing apparel, books, pads,
+papers, and various articles of more or less value. Presently Phil
+gave a low cry.
+
+"Look at this!" And he held up several sheets of paper. In one corner
+were the words:
+
+ LATIN MADE EASY
+
+ _JOB HASKERS, Publisher,_
+
+ ALBANY, N. Y.
+"It's the same paper!" cried Dave. "He tore the corner off so that
+just the letters '_blisher_' remained."
+
+"That's pretty good evidence," said Roger.
+
+"I should say it was!" cried Ben. "Wonder what he will have to say
+about it, when we confront him with it?"
+
+"Let us look for more evidence, while we are at it," came from Buster.
+And then the midnight search continued.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+THE EXPOSURE--GOOD-BY TO OAK HALL
+
+
+"Doctor Clay, we must see you about something that is very
+important."
+
+Thus spoke Dave, the next morning, as he and his chums filed into the
+doctor's private office after the opening of the school. Job Haskers
+was not at his class, but in his room, straightening out his things,
+while some men had been sent up, to get rid of the tree-top and repair
+the window. The storm was a thing of the past, and no other damage of
+importance had been done.
+
+"Very well, boys," returned the master of the school, kindly. "Come in
+and let me know what it is."
+
+The students came in, rather awkwardly it must be admitted, for they
+had much on their minds and did not know just how the worthy doctor
+would take it. But they had decided on a course of action, and they
+had given their word to stick together to the end. Dave, as the
+natural leader, had been chosen spokesman.
+
+"Doctor Clay, we want to bring up a subject of great importance,"
+said Dave. "Important to us, and to you, and to the whole school. The
+boys have asked me to speak for them and for myself."
+
+"About what?" demanded the master, somewhat shortly.
+
+"About Mr. Haskers and how he has treated us."
+
+"What has he done now?"
+
+"It isn't what he has done now, Doctor Clay, it is what he did some
+time ago--did his best to get us into grave trouble," answered Dave,
+warmly. "You'll remember the letter Mr. Sparr got, stating we were
+guilty of trying to blow up his hotel. We are now satisfied that Mr.
+Haskers penned that letter--in fact, we have the evidence to prove
+it."
+
+"Impossible!"
+
+"No, sir, it is true, and I dare him to deny it. It is an absolute
+fact, Doctor Clay, and we have come here this morning to inform you
+that we can no longer attend a school where he is a teacher," went on
+Dave, firmly.
+
+"But--but you--er--you astound me, Porter! Tell me what you know, or
+think you know."
+
+In a plain, straightforward manner Dave mentioned the letter and the
+printing that had appeared on it. Then he told how he and his chums
+had searched the bedroom after the tree-top crash and found the
+sheets of paper with that same printing, and he produced them.
+
+"And we also found these, in a corner of the broken writing-desk," he
+continued. "Some writing by Mr. Haskers, in which he practiced
+backhand. This writing is just like that which appears in the letter
+Mr. Sparr got. Compare the two and you will see we are right. Wilbur
+Poole said Mr. Haskers saw him blow up the hotel, and he told the
+truth, even if he is weak-minded."
+
+"But why should Mr. Haskers do such an outrageous thing?" asked the
+master of Oak Hall.
+
+"I will tell you why, sir," returned Dave, and related the affair of
+the Widow Breen. "That made him very sore on us, and he wanted to get
+us out of the school. At first he tried it by overworking us in our
+lessons, and when he found that that didn't work he tried this game of
+making out that we were criminals."
+
+"Yes, but--but would a teacher of mine stoop so low?" murmured the
+worthy doctor, shaking his head doubtfully.
+
+"No ordinary teacher would, Dr. Clay. But Mr. Haskers is not an
+ordinary man--he is very dictatorial and harsh, and he hates boys even
+though he has to teach them. He isn't a bit like Mr. Dale, or the
+others."
+
+"We never had any trouble with any teacher but Haskers," put in
+Phil.
+
+"And if we have to leave Oak Hall I'm going to get my father to sue
+Haskers for damages," added Roger.
+
+A talk lasting the best part of an hour followed, and at last the
+worthy doctor had his eyes opened to the unworthiness of his
+assistant. He scanned the sheets of paper and the writing the boys had
+brought with interest.
+
+"You are right--this is Mr. Haskers's hand," he said, slowly. "But is
+it the same hand that wrote that villainous letter to Mr. Sparr?"
+
+"Compare the two and you will see that we are right," answered Dave.
+
+"I will," answered the doctor; and a little later he set off for
+Oakdale in his buggy, going alone.
+
+The boys walked down to the gymnasium, resolved to keep out of all
+classes until the matter had been settled. They had impressed it on
+Doctor Clay's mind that either Job Haskers must leave the school or
+they would do so.
+
+It was nearly noon when the master of Oak Hall came back, driving
+slowly and looking very thoughtful. The boys met him at the entrance
+to the grounds and he told them to come to the office, and closed the
+door carefully behind them.
+
+"You were right," he said, almost brokenly. "I have been deceived by
+this--this--I do not know what to call him! It will make a great stir
+when the truth is known--and it will hurt the school," he added, with
+a sigh.
+
+"Why should we make a stir about it?" asked Dave, quickly. "Let him
+go, that is all we ask. He can resign."
+
+"No, the truth must come out," was the firm reply. "He shall not
+shelter himself behind you, even for the benefit of the school. I have
+already told the authorities the facts in the case. If they wish to
+arrest him they can do so, and you may appear against him, if you
+wish."
+
+"When will you tell him?" asked Phil, as there came a brief pause.
+
+"At once! And I wish you to be present and hear what is said,"
+returned Doctor Clay. He rang a bell and a servant appeared. "Tell Mr.
+Haskers to come here immediately."
+
+There was silence after this, the boys not knowing what to say, and
+the master of the school being busy with his thoughts. Presently the
+door opened and Job Haskers came in, with a look of curiosity on his
+face.
+
+"You sent for me, Doctor?" he inquired.
+
+"I did, Mr. Haskers," was the cold reply. "I want your resignation,
+and I want it at once!"
+
+The master of Oak Hall had gotten to his feet and the two men stood
+facing each other. Doctor Clay had his jaw set, and never had the
+students seen him look so determined. He was no longer a kindly
+schoolmaster, he was a judge, and a stern judge at that.
+
+"You--you want my resignation?" faltered Job Haskers.
+
+"Yes, and at once."
+
+"Why?"
+
+"Because you are not fit to teach here--you are not fit to teach
+anywhere!" thundered the doctor. "I want your resignation, and then I
+want you to leave just as soon as you possibly can."
+
+"But--but--I want you to explain. I want----"
+
+"It is not necessary for me to explain, Haskers. You have been found
+out. You are a despicable villain, and you ought to be in jail. I
+trusted you, and you have deceived me. More than that, you have tried
+to get these young gentlemen into serious trouble. Don't deny it, for
+it will do no good. We have the absolute proof against you, and those
+proofs are also in the hands of the law. If you don't want to be
+arrested, you will leave this school as soon as you can get your
+baggage packed."
+
+"Sir, I want you to know----" commenced Job Haskers, but stopped
+short, for Doctor Clay had taken a stride forward and was shaking a
+finger in the teacher's face.
+
+"I will not argue with you, Haskers. For a long time I have not been
+satisfied with your work, for you did not seem to have the students'
+interest at heart. You have a good education. But a teacher must have
+more than that--he must have a heart for his work. Now you are found
+out, and I want nothing more to do with you. I will give you a check
+for what is due you up to to-day, and you will sign a receipt in full,
+and also your resignation, and then I never want to see or hear of you
+again."
+
+"And suppose I won't resign?" snarled the teacher. "I have a
+contract----"
+
+"If you don't get out, you'll go to jail."
+
+"And we'll sue you," Dave could not help putting in.
+
+"That's right, we'll push the case as far as the law allows," added
+Phil.
+
+"Ha! you think you are smart, but you don't know it all," snarled the
+teacher, but his manner showed his uneasiness. He attempted to argue,
+but Doctor Clay would not listen, and when he said he would send for a
+constable, Job Haskers quickly capitulated, signed his resignation,
+took his check, and hurried away to pack his baggage. He left about an
+hour later, by the back way, so that none of the students saw him go.
+An hour after that a man came for his trunks and bags; and that was
+the last seen or heard of him at Oak Hall.
+
+"Hurrah!" cried Dave, when the affair was at an end. "How glad I am
+that Haskers is gone! I feel as if a weight had been taken from my
+head!"
+
+"I guess everybody will be glad," returned Roger, and he was right.
+Some of the students wanted to get up a celebration in honor of the
+unpopular teacher's departure, but this was not permitted. But the
+boys had a time on the quiet, and thoroughly enjoyed it.
+
+With the going away of Job Haskers, and the clearing up of the mystery
+surrounding the letter, Oak Hall settled down once more to its normal
+condition. Another teacher came to take the place of the man who had
+left, and he proved popular all around, and made Doctor Clay wonder
+why he had not made a change long before.
+
+With their minds free from worry, Dave and his chums buckled down to
+their lessons, and our hero spent much time over his paper on "The
+Future of Our Country." Soon the examinations started, and then the
+boys fell to worrying over how they would fare in this final test.
+
+"Well, I hope I pass," remarked Phil, when the last examination was
+over. "I don't expect to be near the top. I lost too much, going to
+Cave Island, and when I ran away."
+
+"Me for the passing mark, too," chimed in Ben.
+
+"Well, I am hoping for something better," said Roger.
+
+"What about you, Dave?" queried Buster.
+
+"I am like Roger, hoping for something better," answered our hero,
+with a smile. "But I'm prepared to take what comes," he added.
+
+At last came the day when the announcements were to be made. Dave had
+sent in his theme and he expected to hear from this as well as from
+his studies. In the meantime, preparations were going forward for the
+graduation exercises, and visitors were expected from far and near.
+Nearly all the folks from Crumville were coming, and also the parents
+of Phil, Roger, and the other seniors.
+
+The big assembly room was crowded when the announcements were made.
+The passing mark was seventy-five per cent., and many of the boys
+dreaded to think that they might be below that.
+
+"I will read the names in the order of merit," said Doctor Clay, after
+the opening exercises. "Only two boys have failed to pass for
+graduation, and they will be conditioned, if they so desire. I am
+proud of the record." And then the master of the school proceeded to
+read the list. Polly Vane and Dave had each ninety-six per cent.,
+Roger had ninety-four, Shadow ninety, Sam and Luke each eighty-eight,
+Phil eighty-seven, Gus eighty-six, and so on down to Buster, who
+squeezed through with seventy-eight. The boys who had failed to pass
+were Nat Poole, who had only sixty-eight, and one of his cronies, who
+was marked sixty-nine.
+
+"It ain't fair! I did as well as lots of 'em," said Nat, when the
+reading was over. But nobody listened to him, for all knew that the
+examinations had been just in every particular.
+
+"I will now announce the prizes for the best themes on the subject,
+'The Future of Our Country,'" went on Doctor Clay. "The reading of the
+nine papers handed in has afforded me great pleasure, for all are good
+and many of them excellent. But I think the best of all is that
+written by David Porter, and the committee of teachers who have
+examined the papers agree with me. Porter, I congratulate you, and I
+will now ask you to come forward and read your meritorious composition
+to your fellow-students."
+
+And amid a general handclapping our hero went to the platform and
+commenced to read the theme. Everybody listened with close attention,
+and loud was the applause when he had concluded. It was certainly a
+fine paper, and later on Doctor Clay had it published in one of the
+school journals, where it attracted not a little attention.
+
+Dave was certainly happy and he had good reason to be. He sent word
+home that night of how he had fared and the next day received several
+messages of congratulation. One message from Jessie he prized very
+highly, for she wrote, "You deserve a big hug for coming through so
+finely. My very best wishes." The other boys also got congratulations;
+and that night and the night to follow were "bonfire nights," in more
+ways than one.
+
+"Well, we are rid of Haskers, and also Merwell and Jasniff," remarked
+Roger to Dave. "We ought to be happy, eh, Dave?"
+
+"Yes, and especially over coming out so well for graduation," answered
+Dave.
+
+"Do you think we'll ever see Haskers or Merwell again?" questioned
+Phil.
+
+"I don't know--I trust not," answered our hero. But his wish was not
+fulfilled. He did meet the pair, and in a most unexpected fashion, as
+will be related in the next volume of this series, to be called "Dave
+Porter in the Gold Fields; or, The Search for the Landslide Mine," in
+which we will learn how Dave went West with some of his chums, and
+joined an old prospector in a hunt for a lost mine that had been
+willed to Roger Morr's mother.
+
+The graduation exercises at Oak Hall that year formed a gala event
+long to be remembered. The school and the campus were crowded, and
+Dave and his chums surprised even Doctor Clay by "chipping in" and
+hiring a brass band to play outside, after the exercises were over.
+The boys also presented their teachers and the master with some
+volumes of history and poetry, and received numerous gifts in return.
+From his father Dave got a bank-book, with an amount written therein
+that was a complete surprise. His sister gave him a neat stickpin and
+his uncle a set of books, and from Jessie and her folks came a desk
+set, of solid silver, suitably engraved.
+
+"Well, I think I ought to be the happiest boy alive," said Dave, after
+the exercises were over, and he had his diploma, tied with a broad
+ribbon. "I feel just as if I was walking on air."
+
+"And I am glad, too," said his sister Laura, warmly.
+
+"We are all glad," put in Jessie, and gave him her brightest smile.
+
+"Glad and proud, Dave," said his father. "My boy, you have done very
+well."
+
+And then the whole party went down to the gymnasium, where
+refreshments were being served to the visitors. And here let us leave
+Dave Porter, wishing him well.
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+DAVE PORTER SERIES
+
+By EDWARD STRATEMEYER
+
+"Mr. Stratemeyer has seldom introduced a more popular hero than Dave
+Porter. He is a typical boy, manly, brave, always ready for a good
+time if it can be obtained in an honorable way."--Wisconsin,
+Milwaukee, Wis.
+
+"Edward Stratemeyer's 'Dave Porter' has become exceedingly popular."
+--Boston Globe.
+
+"Dave and his friends are nice, manly chaps."--Times-Democrat,
+New Orleans.
+
+DAVE PORTER AT OAK HALL
+ Or The School Days of an American Boy
+
+DAVE PORTER IN THE SOUTH SEAS
+ Or The Strange Cruise of the Stormy Petrel
+
+DAVE PORTER'S RETURN TO SCHOOL
+ Or Winning the Medal of Honor
+
+DAVE PORTER IN THE FAR NORTH
+ Or The Pluck of an American Schoolboy
+
+DAVE PORTER AND HIS CLASSMATES
+ Or For the Honor of Oak Hall
+
+DAVE PORTER AT STAR RANCH
+ Or The Cowboy's Secret
+
+DAVE PORTER AND HIS RIVALS
+ Or The Chums and Foes of Oak Hall
+
+DAVE PORTER ON CAVE ISLAND
+ Or A Schoolboy's Mysterious Mission
+
+DAVE PORTER AND THE RUNAWAYS
+ Or Last Days at Oak Hall
+
+DAVE PORTER IN THE GOLD FIELDS
+ Or The Search for the Landslide Mine
+
+DAVE PORTER AT BEAR CAMP
+ Or The Wild Man of Mirror Lake
+
+DAVE PORTER AND HIS DOUBLE
+ Or The Disappearance of the Basswood Fortune
+
+DAVE PORTER'S GREAT SEARCH
+ Or The Perils of a Young Civil Engineer
+
+DAVE PORTER UNDER FIRE
+ Or A Young Army Engineer in France
+
+DAVE PORTER'S WAR HONORS
+ Or At the Front with the Fighting Engineers
+
+For sale by all booksellers, or sent postpaid on receipt of price by
+the publishers.
+
+LOTHROP, LEE & SHEPARD CO. BOSTON
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Dave Porter and the Runaways, by Edward Stratemeyer
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK DAVE PORTER AND THE RUNAWAYS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 28654-8.txt or 28654-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/6/5/28654/
+
+Produced by Roger Frank and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.